Family 9118+01 IBM System p5 Model 575

IBM United States Sales Manual
Revised: December 8, 2020


Table of contents
Product life cycle datesProduct life cycle datesTechnical descriptionTechnical description
AbstractAbstractPublicationsPublications
HighlightsHighlightsFeaturesFeatures
DescriptionDescriptionAccessoriesAccessories
Product positioningProduct positioningSuppliesSupplies
ModelsModels


Product life cycle dates

Top rule

Type Model Announced Available Marketing Withdrawn Service Discontinued
9118-575 2005-02-08 2005-02-18 2008-08-29 2018-01-31


Back to topBack to top

Abstract

Top rule

IBM UNIX systems consist of the IBM eServer pSeries and IBM RS/6000 product lines. Providing unprecedented value, these innovative systems feature IBM's leading-edge technology and run the top-rated UNIX operating system, AIX. This broad product line ranges from powerful workstations ideal for mechanical design; to mission-critical symmetric multiprocessing (SMP) servers for ERP, SCM, CRM, transaction processing, and Web serving; up to parallel RS/6000 SP systems that can handle demanding scientific and technical computing and business intelligence tasks. These platforms provide the power to create change and the flexibility to manage it, with thousands of applications that provide real value. More than 1,000,000 systems have shipped to over 135,000 businesses worldwide.

Model abstract 9118-575

The IBM System p5 575 / IBM eServer p5 Model 575 delivers an 8-way, 1.9 GHz POWER5, 16-way, 1.5 GHz POWER5 , 8-way, 2.2 GHz POWER5+ or 16-way, 1.9 GHz POWER5+ high-bandwidth cluster node, ideal for many high- performance computing applications.

The p5-575 is packaged in a super-dense 2U form factor, with up to 12 nodes installed in a 42U-tall, 24-inch rack. Multiple racks of p5-575 nodes can be combined to provide a broad range of powerful cluster solutions. Up to 128 p5-575 nodes can be clustered together for a total of 2048 processors.

The symmetric multiprocessor (SMP) node uses state-of-the-art, 64-bit, copper-based, single-core and dual-core POWER5 and POWER5+ microprocessors in 8-way and 16-way configurations. Each microprocessor is supported by 36 MB of Level 3 cache and up to eight memory DIMMs with point-to-point memory to processor connections. Each 8-way includes 64 slots for memory DIMMs. Memory sizes on the POWER5 versions are offered from 1 GB up to 256 GB. Memory sizes on the POWER5+ versions are offered from 2 GB up to 256 GB. With the optional I/O Assembly with PCI-X and RIO-2, along with a system I/O drawer, up to twenty-four PCI-X cards and up to eighteen 15,000 rpm disk drives are available.



Back to topBack to top

Highlights

Top rule

The IBM System p5 575 / IBM eServer p5 575 offers:

  • 2U rack-mount design
  • 2.2 GHz single-core IBM POWER5+ processors in 8-way configuration
  • 1.9 GHz dual-core IBM POWER5+ processors in 16-way configuration
  • 1.9 GHz single-core IBM POWER5 processors in 8-way configuration
  • 1.5 GHz dual-core IBM POWER5 processors in 16-way configuration
  • Up to 256 GB of memory
  • Up to 2,948.8 GB of internal disk storage
  • Up to 18 hot-swap disk bays and 24 hot-swap PCI-X slots
  • Up to six independent I/O buses
  • 36 MB of low-latency cache per CPU
  • Rack power subsystem with redundant bulk power regulators
  • Dynamic logical partitioning (DLPAR)
  • Optional Advanced POWER Virtualization


Back to topBack to top

Description

Top rule

The 9118-575 features include:

  • Integrated service processor
  • Four 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports per node
  • Two HMC ports per node
  • Dual-ported Ultra3 SCSI controller
  • Battery backup option for the rack
  • DLPAR with optional Advanced POWER Virtualization

The p5-575 is capable of supporting AIX 5L 5.2 and 5.3 and Linux operating systems. These operating systems can run simultaneously in different partitions within the p5-575 node.

The p5-575 is added to the hardware models supported with the IBM eServer pSeries Cluster 1600 running Cluster Systems Management(CSM) 1.4 (for both AIX 5L Version 5.2 and 5.3 and SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 and RedHat AS3.)

The p5-575 is characterized by innovative, elegant conceptual design and packaging. Mounted in a sleek 2U enclosure, the modular p5-575 allows users to deploy up to 12 nodes in a single, 24-inch system frame.

The enclosure includes four upgradable component modules, each one custom-designed to satisfy the requirements of high-performance, high- density computing. The integrated, highly efficient power distribution system (DCA) is embedded into the nodes lid. The DCA relies on embedded circuitry rather than external wiring, providing more reliable, efficient power distribution. The lid is hinged, opening easily for access to the processor and memory module, which contains the distinctive single-core and dual-core POWER5 and POWER5+ processors and system memory.

The processor and memory module contain the heart of the system: eight POWER5 or POWER5+ processors, each with 36 MB of dedicated cache, and point-to-point connections to up to eight memory DIMMs -- an implementation intended to provide exceptionally high sustained memory bandwidth in support of the most demanding HPC applications.

The front-end cooling module includes two air-intake ventilation grids and two custom-designed blowers with high-capacity impellers and high-efficiency motors that are designed for extended life and easy serviceability. At the back of the enclosure, the I/O control module features up to six fully independent I/O mezzanine buses designed for very high I/O bandwidth.

Other features include:

  • Integrated service processor
  • Two dual Gigabit Ethernet ports per node
  • Two HMC ports per node
  • Dual-ported Ultra3 SCSI controller
  • Battery backup option for the rack
  • Dynamic logical partitioning with optional Advanced POWER Virtualization

The p5-575 is capable of supporting AIX 5L 5.2 and 5.3 and Linux operating systems. These operating systems can run simultaneously in different partitions within the p5-575 node.

The p5-575 is supported with the IBM eServer pSeries Cluster 1600 running Cluster Systems Management (CSM) 1.4 (AIX and Linux).

Accessibility by people with disabilities

IBM eServer p5 575 (9118-575) is capable, as of February 8, 2005, when used in accordance with IBM's associated documentation, of satisfying the applicable requirements of Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, provided that any assistive technology used with the product properly interoperates with it.

Scaling support statements are documented in the publication 'IBM eServer Cluster 1600 Facts and Features' at:

http://www-03.ibm.com/servers/eserver/clusters/hardware/
factsfeatures.html
 


Back to topBack to top

Product positioning

Top rule

The p5-575 is positioned as a substantially enhanced POWER5 and POWER5+ follow-on to the p655 cluster node. Like the p655, the p5-575 is positioned as an extremely effective solution to the requirements of the most demanding, memory bandwidth-intensive HPC applications.



Back to topBack to top

Models

Top rule

Model summary matrix

>*B2H HTML Drive
Model Processor L3 Cache Memory Mechanical Hard Drive Misc.
575 8-Way 1.9 GHz POWER5, 16-way 1.5 GHz POWER5, 8-way 2.2 GHz POWER5+,16-way 1.9 GHz POWER5+ 288 MB 1024 MB (4 x 256 MB) DIMMs 2U Form Factor 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk >*B2H HTML Drive Ethernet Cable, Hardware Management Console, 18 hot-swap disk bays, 24 hot-swap PCI-X slots

Customer setup (CSU)

  • Customer setup box: No
  • Customer setup model conversion: No
  • Customer setup MES: No, except for keyboards, displays, etc.

    Refer to sales manual description.

Devices supported

The following external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 9118.

This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

          |5|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
          |7|
          |5|
          | |
   MT-MOD | |        DESCRIPTION
 ---------|-|-----------------------------------------
          | |
 ---------+-+------- SWITCH --------------------------
          | |
 2005-H08 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch 2005 Model H08
 2005-H16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch 2005 Model H16
 2031-016 |X| McDATA Model 016 Departmental ES-3032 Fabric Switch
 2031-032 |X| McDATA Model 032 Departmental ES-3032 Fabric Switch
 2031-216 |X| McDATA ES-3216 Fabric Switch
 2031-224 |X| McDATA IBM 2031 Model 224 Fabric Switch
 2031-232 |X| McDATA ES-3232  Model 232 Fabric Switch
 2031-L00 |X| McDATA Model L00 ES-1000 Loop Switch
 2032-001 |X| McDATA ED-5000 Model 001 Enterprise Fibre Channel Switch
 2032-064 |X| McDATA Model 064 Enterprise Fibre Channel Director
 2032-140 |X| 2032 McDATA Intrepid 6140 Enterprise Fibre Channel
          | |      Director Model 140
 2034-212 |X| McDATA Sphereon 4300 Model 212 12-Port Switch
 2042-001 |X| INRANGE Model 001 FC/9000 64-port Fibre Channel Director
 2042-128 |X| INRANGE Model 128 FC/9000 128-port Fibre Channel Director
 2042-256 |X| INRANGE Model 256 FC/9000-256 Fibre Channel Director
 2061-020 |X| Cisco Systems MDS 9120 Fabric Switch, Model 020
 2061-040 |X| Cisco Systems MDS 9140 Fabric Switch, Model 040
 2062-D01 |X| Cisco MDS-9216 Multilayer Fabric Switch, Model D01
 2062-D04 |X| Cisco MDS-9506 Multilayer Fabric Switch,  Model D04
 2062-D07 |X| Cisco , MDS 9509 Multilayer Director, Model D07
 2109-F16 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch Model F16
 2109-F32 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch - 2109 Model F32
 2109-M12 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch Model M12
 2109-M14 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch 2109 Model M14
 2109-S08 |X| IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S08
 2109-S16 |X| IBM SAN Fibre Channel Switch Model S16
 3534-F08 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Switch Model F08
          | |
 ---------+-+------- DISK ----------------------------
          | |
 1722-60U |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT600 Storage Server Model 60U
 1722-6LU |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT600 Storage Server Model 6LU
 1724-100 |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT100 Storage Server Model 100
 1740-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT EXP700 Storage Expansion Unit
          | |      Model 1RU
 1742-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT700 Storage Server Model 1RU
 1742-90U |X| IBM TotalStorage FAStT900 Storage Server Model 90U
 2076-112 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 112
 2076-124 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 124
 2076-212 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 212
 2076-224 |X| The IBM 2076 Storwize V7000 Control Enclosure 224
 2104-DS4 |X| IBM TotalStorage Expandable Storage Plus Ultra320 Model
          | |      DS4
 2104-DU3 |X| IBM TotalStorage Expandable Storage Plus Drawer Model DU3
 2104-TS4 |X|  IBM TotalStorage Expandable Storage Plus Ultra320 Model
          | |      TS4
 2104-TU3 |X| IBM TotalStorage Expandable Storage Plus Tower Model TU3
 2105-750 |X| IBM TotalStorage Expandable Storage Server Model 750
 2105-800 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Storage Server Model 800
 2105-F10 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F10
 2105-F20 |X| IBM Enterprise Storage Server Model F20
 3542-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage 3542 FAStT200 Storage Server Model 1RU
 3542-2RU |X| IBM FAST T200 Storage Server Model  2RU
 3552-1RU |X| IBM Total Storage FAST T500 Storage Server Model 1RU
 3560-1RU |X| IBM TotalStorage 3560 FAStT EXP500 Storage Expansion Unit
          | |      Model 1RU
 7040-61D |X| IBM I/O Drawer Model 61D
 7133-D40 |X| IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model D40
 7133-T40 |X| IBM Serial Disk System Advanced Model T40
 7204-419 |X| IBM 18.2 GB External Disk Drive Model 419
 7204-518 |X| IBM 7204 18 GB External Disk Drive Model 518
 7204-536 |X| IBM 7204 36 GB External Disk Drive Model 536
 7204-573 |X| IBM 7204 External Disk Drive Model 573
          | |
 ---------+-+------- DISPLAYS ------------------------
          | |
 6546-00E |X| G52 Display
 6546-00N |X| G52 Display
 6546-01E |X| G52 Display
 6546-01S |X| G52 Display
 6546-0AE |X| G54 Display
 6546-0AN |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BE |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BN |X| G54 Display
 6546-0BS |X| G54 Display
 6546-21N |X| G52 Display
 6546-2BN |X| G54 Display
 6546-31N |X| G52 Display
 6546-4AN |X| G54 Display
 6546-6BN |X| G54 Display
 7310-C03 |X| IBM 7310 Model C03 Hardware Management Console
 7310-C04 |X| Desktop Hardware Management Console
 7310-CR2 |X| IBM 7310 Model CR2 Rack-Mount Hardware Management Console
 7310-CR3 |X| Rack-mounted HMC
 7315-C01 |X| IBM 7315 Model C01 Hardware Management Console
 7315-C02 |X| IBM 7315 Model C02 Hardware Management Console
 7315-C03 |X| IBM 7315 Model C03 Hardware Management Console
 7315-C04 |X| Desktop Hardware Management Console
 7315-CR2 |X| IBM 7315 Model CR2 Rack-Mount Hardware Management Console
 7315-CR3 |X| Rack-mounted Hardware Management Console
 9419-HB7 |X| IBM ThinkVision L191p 19-inch LCD Flat-panel Monitor
 
----------+-+------------OPTICAL----------
 3996-032 |X| IBM System Storage Model 032
 3996-080 |X| IBM System Storage Model 080
 3996-174 |X| IBM System Storage Model 174
 
 ---------+-+------- STORAGE NETWORK DEVICES ---------
          | |
 1710-10U |X| IBM 1710 TotalStorage FAStT EXP100 Storage Expansion Unit
          | |      Model 10U
 2145-4F2 |X| IBM TotalStorage SAN Volume Controller Storage Engine
          | |      Model 4F2
          | |
 ---------+-+------- SCSI DEVICES --------------------
          | |
 7210-025 |X| 4.7GB DVDRAM Drive
 7210-030 |X|  IBM 7210-030  External DVD-RAM Drive
          | |
 ---------+-+--------TAPE-----------------------------
          | |
 3490-C10 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C10
 3490-C11 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C11
 3490-C1A |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Family Model C1A
 3490-C22 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C22
 3490-C2A |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model C2A
 3490-E01 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model E01
 3490-E11 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model E11
 3490-F00 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F00
 3490-F01 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F01
 3490-F11 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem Model F11
 3490-F1A |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem  Model F1A
 3490-FC0 |X| IBM Magnetic Tape Subsystem  Model FC0
 3494-B10 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B10
 3494-B18 |X| IBM Magstar Virtual Tape Server  Model B18
 3494-B20 |X| IBM TotalStorage Virtual Tape Server (VTS) Model B20
 3494-D10 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D10
 3494-D12 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D12
 3494-D14 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model D14
 3494-D22 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame
          | |      Model D22
 3494-D24 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Expansion Frame
          | |      Model D24
 3494-HA1 |X| IBM Magstar 3494 High Availability Unit Model HA1
 3494-L10 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L10
 3494-L12 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L12
 3494-L14 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model L14
 3494-L22 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Library Base Frame Model
          | |      L22
 3494-S10 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Library Model S10
 3570-B00 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B00
 3570-B01 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B01
 3570-B02 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B02
 3570-B11 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B11
 3570-B12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Subsystem Model B12
 3570-B1A |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model B1A
 3570-C00 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C00
 3570-C01 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C01
 3570-C02 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C02
 3570-C11 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C11
 3570-C12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Drive Model C12
 3575-L06 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L06
 3575-L12 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L12
 3575-L18 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L18
 3575-L24 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L24
 3575-L32 |X| IBM Magstar MP Tape Library Dataserver Model L32
 3577-L5U |X| IBM System Storage TS3400 Tape Library
 3580-H11 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Bridge Box (HVD)
 3580-H13 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Drive Model H13
 3580-H23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive Model H23
 3580-L11 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Bridge Box (LVD)
 3580-L13 |X| Linear Tape Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Drive Model L13
 3580-L23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium 2 Tape Drive Model L23
 3581-F28 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape 2U Autoloader 3581 Model F28
 3581-H13 |X| IBM Linear Tape Open Ultrium Tape Autoloader  3581 Model
          | |      H13
 3581-H17 |X| IBM Linear Tape Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Autoloader Model
          | |      H17
 3581-H23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Autoloader Model H23
 3581-L13 |X| IBM Linear Tape Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Autoloader Model
          | |      L13
 3581-L17 |X| IBM Linear Tape Open (LTO) Ultrium Tape Autoloader Model
          | |      L17
 3581-L23 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape Autoloader Model L23
 3581-L28 |X| IBM TotalStorage Ultrium Tape U2 Autoloader Model L28
 3582-L23 |X| IBM TOTALSTORAGE ULTRIUM TAPE LIBRARY 3582 MODEL L23
 3584-D22 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Drive Canister Model D22
 3584-D32 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model D32 - Base Frame
 3584-D52 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model D52 - Expansion Frame
 3584-L22 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model L22 - Base Frame
 3584-L32 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model L32 - Expansion Frame
 3584-L52 |X| IBM UltraScalable Tape Library Model L52 - Base Frame
 3590-B11 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B11
 3590-B1A |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model B1A
 3590-E11 |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model E11
 3590-E1A |X| IBM Magstar Tape Subsystem Model E1A
 3590-H11 |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Model H11
 3590-H1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Model H1A
 3592-E05 |X| IBM System Storage TS1120 Tape Drive
 3592-J1A |X| IBM TotalStorage Enterprise Tape Drive Model J1A
 3599-021 |X| IBM 3592 Ent Tape WORM Cart with Labeling and
          | |      initialization (L&I) Model 021
 3599-022 |X| IBM 3592 Enterprise Tape WORM Cartridge with Labeling
          | |      Model 022
 3599-023 |X| IBM 3592 Enterprise Tape WORM Cartridge Model 023
 3599-E21 |X| IBM 3592 Entr. Tape Economy WORM Cart. with Labeling &
          | |      Initialization Model E21
 3599-E22 |X| IBM 3592 Enterprise Tape Economy WORM Cartridge with
          | |      Labeling Model E22
 3599-E23 |X| IBM 3592 Enterprise Tape Economy WORM Cartridge Model E23
 7205-440 |X| IBM 7205 40 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive Model
          | |      440
 7205-550 |X| IBM 160 GB External Digital Linear Tape Drive Model 550
 7206-220 |X| IBM 20GB External 4MM DDS-4 Tape Drive Model 220
 7206-336 |X| IBM 7206 MODEL 336 EXTERNAL 36 GB 4MM DDS GEN5 TAPE DRIVE
 7206-VX2 |X| IBM External Tape Drive Model VX2 - 4mm
 7206-VX3 |X| IBM 7206-VX3 External Tape Drive
 7207-122 |X| IBM 4GB External SLR5 QIC Tape Drive Model 122
 7207-330 |X| IBM 7207 30 GB External SLR60 Tape Drive Model 330
 7208-341 |X| IBM 20GB External 8MM Tape Drive Model 341
 7208-342 |X| IBM 20GB External 8MM Tape Drive (HVD) Model 342
 7208-345 |X| IBM 7208 Model 345 60GB External 8MM Tape Drive
 7212-102 |X| 1U Dual-bay Storage Device Enclosure (Tape or DVD)
 7212-103 |X| IBM 7212-103 Storage Tape & DVD Enclosure Exp Model
 7332-220 |X| IBM 4MM DDS-4 Tape Cartridge Autoloader Model 220
 7334-410 |X| IBM 7334 8MM Tape Library (MAM2 4x30) Model 410
 7337-360 |X| IBM 7337 Digital Linear Tape Library Model 360
          | |
 ---------+-+------- EXPANSION CABINETS --------------
          | |
 2032-C36 |X| McDATA 'Core to Edge' Fibre Channel Products Model C36 -
          | |      FC 512 Cabinet
 2032-C40 |X| McDATA 'Core to Edge' Fibre Channel Products Model C40 -
          | |      FC 512 Cabinet
 2042-C40 |X| Inrange 40U Cabinet
 2109-C36 |X| IBM TotalStorage San Cabinet C36
 7014-T00 |X| 1.8 Meter System Rack - 36U
 7014-T42 |X| 2.0 Meter System Rack - 42U
 7031-D24 |X| Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures
 7031-T24 |X| Ultra 320 SCSI Expandable Disk Storage Enclosures
 

The following TotalStorage external machine types are supported on the indicated models for MT 9110. This list is not all inclusive. Many devices are supported through standard ports. Please refer to the sales manual of the TotalStorage external machine type and the list of supported devices in the appropriate section of the AIX sales manual for further attach support information.

          |5|  X = SUPPORTED DEVICE
          |7|
          |5|
          | |
 MT-MOD   | |        DESCRIPTION
 -----------------------------------------------------------------
 2861-001 |X| IBM 2861 SystemStorage N5000 Model 001
 2863-A10 |X| IBM 2863 SystemStorage N3700 Model A10
 2863-A20 |X| IBM 2863 SystemStorage N3700 Model A20
 2864-A10 |X| IBM 2864 SystemStorage N5000 Model A10
 2864-A20 |X| IBM 2864 SystemStorage N5000 Model A20
 2865-A10 |X| IBM 2865 SystemStorage N5000 Model A10
 2865-A20 |X| IBM 2865 SystemStorage N5000 Model A20
 2870-631 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 631
 2870-632 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 632
 2870-641 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 641
 2870-642 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 642
 2870-651 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 651
 2870-652 |X| IBM 2870 TotalStorage N Series Model 652
 

Model conversions

Feature Conversions

Feature conversions are always implemented on a "quantity of one for quantity of one" basis. Multiple existing features may not be converted to a single new feature. Single existing features may not be converted to multiple new features.

The following feature conversions are available for the 9118-575.

Feature Conversions for rack-related features:

 
                                                            Return
From FC:                      To FC:                        Parts
---------------------------   ---------------------------   -----
5794 - I/O Drawer, 20         5791 - I/O Drawer, 20         No
 Slots, 8 Disk Bays            Slots, 16 Disk Bays
 

None.



Back to topBack to top

Technical description

Top rule

Physical specifications Physical specifications Hardware requirements Hardware requirements
Operating environment Operating environment Software requirements Software requirements
Limitations Limitations


Physical specifications

IBM eServer p5 575 rack (9118-575):

The p5-575 cluster node uses the 24-inch System Rack (#5793) with 42U of rack space for:

  • p5-575 nodes
  • Rack power subsystem with redundant bulk power regulators
  • Two identical, fully redundant, optional internal battery features (IBF)
  • I/O drawers
  • Covers, front and rear (option for either slim line or acoustic)

The p5 575 rack incorporates a rack power subsystem with redundant bulk power regulators. The rack has an option for fully redundant internal battery features (IBF) mounted in the front and rear (redundant) sections of the rack.

     Dimensions:
 
                   Slim Line           Acoustic
                     mm (in)            mm (in)
                    1 Frame             1 Frame
                   ------------       ------------
     Height        2,025 (79.7)       2,025 (79.7)
     Width           785 (30.9)         785 (30.9)
     Depth         1,530 (60.2)       1,885 (74.2)
 

Maximum weight configuration

The maximum weight configuration of an p5-575 rack assembly occurs when the options include:

  • Twelve p5-575 nodes
  • One I/O drawer
  • Internal battery features with redundancy (IBF)
  • Slim line or acoustic covers

The maximum stand-alone weight of a fully populated p5-575 rack is:

    -----------------------------------------------------------------
    |                  p5-575 (9118-575) Rack                       |
    |---------------------------------------------------------------|
    |      With Acoustic Doors      |     With Slim Line Doors      |
    |---------------------------------------------------------------|
    |    With IBF   |  Without IBF  |   With IBF    | Without IBF   |
    |   kg   (lb)   |   kg   (lb)   |   kg    (lb)  |   kg   (lb)   |
    |---------------------------------------------------------------|
    | 1,573 (3,460) | 1,415 (3,114) | 1,581 (3,479) | 1,406 (3,095) |
    -----------------------------------------------------------------
 

Operating environment

  • Temperature: 10 to 32 degrees C (61 to 90 degrees F)
  • Relative humidity: 8% to 80%
  • Maximum wet bulb: 23 degrees C (73 F) (operating)

Power requirements

  • Operating voltage (3-phase V ac at 50/60 Hz): 200 to 240 V; 380 to 415 V; 480 V
  • Rated current (A per phase): 48(1) or 60 A; 32 A; 24 A
  • Inrush current: 163 A (max)
  • Power consumption: 41.6 kW (maximum)
  • Power source loading: 22.3 (maximum, assuming 0.93 pf) kVA (x2)
  • Thermal output: 41,600 joules/sec (142,000 Btu/hr) maximum

Note: (1) Rating available on limited system configurations.

EMC conformance classification

This equipment is subject to FCC rules and shall comply with the appropriate FCC rules before final delivery to the buyer or centers of distribution.

  • U.S. - FCC CFR47 Part 15 Class A
  • Europe - CISPR 22 Class A; "CE" Mark of Conformity
  • Japan - VCCI-1
  • Korea - Korean Requirement Class A

Homologation - Telecom environmental testing (Safety and EMC)

Homologation approval for specific countries has been initiated with the IBM Homologation and Type Approval (H&TA) organization in LaGaude.

This IBM eServer model and applicable features meet the environmental testing requirements of the country telecom and have been designed and tested in compliance with the Full Quality Assurance Approval (FQAA) process as delivered by the British Approval Board for Telecom (BABT), the U.K. telecom regulatory authority.

Product safety/Country testing/Certification

  • U.S.: UL
  • Canada: CNL (CSA or cUL)
  • Germany/Europe: GS Mark (Safety, TUV, EN60 950)

General requirements

The p5-575 (9118-575) is in compliance with IBM Corporate Bulletin C-B 0-2594-000 Statement of Conformity of IBM Product to External Standard (Suppliers Declaration).

Limitations

IBM eServer p5 575 (9118-575)

Model 575 consists of the following major components:

  • A 2U-tall central electronics complex (CEC) housing the system backplane, power supply, cooling fans, and system electronic components. An 8-way POWER5 processor and 64 memory DIMM slots are situated on the system backplane.
  • Selectable I/O assemblies: One has PCI-X and RIO-2 capability (#7210), and one does not have PCI-X or RIO-2 capability (#7209). Both I/O assemblies have four 10/100/1000 Ethernet ports per node, two disk bays, and two 10/100 BaseT Ethernet ports (for HMC connectivity).
  • Up to one I/O drawer containing 20 PCI-X slots and either 8 or 16 hot-swap SCSI-3 disk bays, when connected to the I/O assembly in the 575 with RIO-2 capability (#7210). A 575 may be connected to one half of an I/O drawer in dual-loop mode. The second half of an I/O drawer may be connected to another 575 node.
  • A 42U-tall, 24-inch System Rack (#5793) ordered on the first p5-575 (9118-575) in the system.
  • A power subsystem with redundant bulk power regulators is in the top 8U of the rack; an optional battery backup capability is available.
  • With the availability of the features 6851/6852 door kits, features 6251/6252 may no longer be ordered.

Central electronics complex

  • The p5-575 CEC is a 2U-tall, 24-inch rack-mounted device. It houses the system processors, memory, system support processor, power supply, blowers, and selectable I/O assemblies with disk bays and HMC connectivity.

Memory

Memory

The p5-575 (with POWER5 processors)uses dual data rate (DDR1) DRAM memory DIMMs.

Supported DDR1 memory configurations on the 575 are as follows:

   Feature
   number   Description                Quantity    Total memory
   -------  ------------------------   --------    ------------
    4444    1 GB (4 x 256 MB) DIMMs       1            1 GB
    4444    1 GB (4 x 256 MB) DIMMs       8            8 GB
    4444    1 GB (4 x 256 MB) DIMMs      16           16 GB
    4452    2 GB (4 x 512 MB) DIMMs       8           16 GB
    4452    2 GB (4 x 512 MB) DIMMs      16           32 GB
    4490    4 GB (4 x 1 GB) DIMMs         8           32 GB
    4490    4 GB (4 x 1 GB) DIMMs        16           64 GB
    4454    8 GB (4 x 2 GB) DIMMs         8           64 GB
    4454    8 GB (4 x 2 GB) DIMMs        16          128 GB
    4491    16 GB (4 x 4 GB) DIMMs        8          128 GB
    4491    16 GB (4 x 4 GB) DIMMs       16          256 GB
 

The p5-575 (with POWER5+ processors)uses dual data rate (DDR2) DRAM memory DIMMs.

Supported DDR2 memory configurations on the 575 are as follows:

   Feature
   number   Description                Quantity    Total memory
   -------  ------------------------   --------    ------------
    7892    2 GB (4 x 512 MB) DIMMs       1            2 GB
    7892    2 GB (4 x 512 MB) DIMMs       8           16 GB
    7892    2 GB (4 x 512 MB) DIMMs      16           32 GB
    7893    4 GB (4 x 1 GB) DIMMs         8           32 GB
    7893    4 GB (4 x 1 GB) DIMMs        16           64 GB
    7894    8 GB (4 x 2 GB) DIMMs         8           64 GB
    7894    8 GB (4 x 2 GB) DIMMs        16          128 GB
    7896    16 GB (4 x 4 GB) DIMMs        8          128 GB
    7896    16 GB (4 x 4 GB) DIMMs       16          256 GB
 

Racks, power, and cooling

  • The System Rack (#5793) is a 24-inch rack with an integrated power subsystem to support the p5-575 nodes. It provides 42U of rack space and houses the nodes, selectable I/O assemblies, optional internal battery features, and power subsystem.
  • The System Rack (#5793) must have door assemblies. Door kits containing front and rear doors are available in either slim line or acoustic styles:
    • The Slim Line Door Kit provides a minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired.
    • The Acoustic Door Kit provides additional acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired.
  • The height and weight of the System Rack (#5793)(42U) may require special handling when shipping by air, when moving under a low doorway, or when using certain elevators. The Compact Handling Option (#7960), Shipping Depth Reduction Option (#7964), and Shipping Weight Reduction Option (#6850) are available if deemed required during the Systems Assurance Review.
  • The System Rack (#5793) utilizes redundant bulk power regulators to provide redundant 350 V dc power to the 575 nodes and I/O drawers. Redundant power source/line cord input is supported up to specific configurations as outlined in the 'Bulk Power Regulator/Line cord/#6267 assignment table' below.
  • Power cable groups are used to connect the dc power converters to the bulk power assembly, and in the System Rack, these cable groups contain two UPICs (universal power input cables). Model 575 nodes require one UPIC feature. The I/O drawers or High Performance Switch require one UPIC feature that contain a set of four UPIC cables.

    Included in this data is the rack plug sequence. A rack drawer is 4U high. There are eight rack drawers in the rack. A 575 node is 2U high and two 575 nodes can occupy a rack drawer. An I/O drawer or High Performance Switch is 4U high. The first rack drawer must contain a 575 node.

    Drawer 1
     575 nodes
       Feature number 3800 provides power for the 09U dc converter
       Feature number 3810 provides power for the 11U dc converter
     I/O drawer - Not available in Drawer 1
     
    Drawer 2
     575 nodes:
       Feature number 7846 provides two power cables
         for the 05U dc converter
       Feature number 7845 provides two power cables
         for the 07U dc converter
     I/O drawer or second High Performance Switch:
       Feature number 7854 provides four power cables
         for the 05U dc converters
     
    Drawer 3
     575 nodes:
       Feature number 7844 provides two power cables
         for the 01U  dc converter
       Feature number 7843 provides two power cables
         for the 03U dc converter
     I/O drawer or first High Performance Switch:
       Feature number 7853 provides four power cables
         for the 01U dc converters
     
    Drawer 4
     575 nodes:
       Feature number 3803 provides two power cables
         for the 19U dc converter.
       Feature number 3813 provides two power cables
         for the 21U dc converter.
     I/O drawer:
       Feature number 7857 provides four power cables
         for the 19U dc converters.
     
    Drawer 5
     575 nodes:
       Feature number 3804 provides two power cables
         for the 23U dc converter.
       Feature number 3814 provides two power cables
         for the 25U dc converter.
     I/O drawer:
       Feature number 7858 provides four power cables
         for the 23U dc converters.
     
    Drawer 6
     575 nodes:
       Feature number 3805 provides two power cables
         for the 27U  dc converter.
       Feature number 3815 provides two power cables
         for the 29U  dc converter.
     I/O drawer:
       Feature number 7859 provides four power cables
         for the 27U dc converters.
     
    Drawer 7
     575 nodes:
       Feature number 3806 provides two power cables
         for the 31U dc converter.
       Feature number 3816 provides two power cables
         for the 33U dc converter.
     I/O drawer:
       Feature number 7860 provides four power cables
         for the 31U dc converters.
     
    Drawer 8
     575 nodes:
       Feature number 3807 provides two power cables
         for the 13U  dc converter.
       Feature number 3817 provides two power cables
         for the 15U dc converter.
     I/O drawer:
       Feature number 7856 provides four power cables
         for the 13U dc converters.
     
    
  • Bulk Power Regulators (#6186) interface to the bulk power assemblies to ensure proper power is supplied to the system components. The number of Bulk Power Regulators required is configuration-dependent based on the number of 575 nodes and I/O drawers installed.
  • The Power Distribution Jumper Assembly, High Current (#6267) is used to maintain the redundant power design of the Bulk Power Regulators and 350 V dc distribution within certain configurations.
  • Bulk Power Regulator/Line cord/#6267 assignment table:
                              Number of p5-575 nodes
     
                    1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9  10  11  12
                    ----------------------------------------------
         Number
         of     0   2   2   4   6   6   6(1)6(2)6   6   6(3)6   6
         #5791
         plus   1   2   4   4   6   6   6   6   6   6(3)6   6   6
         #5794
         plus   2   2   4   4   6   6(1)6   6   6   6   6   6   6
         HPS
                3   2   4   6   6   6   6(2)6   6   6   6
     
                4       4   6   6   6   6   6   6(3)
     
                5           6   6(1)6   6
     
                6               6
     
    

    Note: (1) Configurations at or above this limit require the line cord with 100A plug (#8686 or #8687), line cord with no plug (#8677), or line cord with 30A plug (#8698 or #8697) to maintain the redundant input power source/line cord condition. Customers have the option of continuing with the 60 amp plug line cords (#8688 or #8689), running in non-redundant mode for input power source/line cords; however, the #6267 is required to support this condition to maintain Bulk Power Regulator redundancy. Customers also have the option of ordering any line cord at any time, except for configuration limitations of note 3.
    Note: (2) Configurations at or above this limit require the Power Distribution Jumper Assembly, High Current (#6267). Rack configurations with this feature run in non-redundant mode for input power source/line cords.
    Note: (3) Configurations at or above this limit require the line cord with 100A plug (#8686 or #8687), line cord with no plug (#8677), or line cord with 30A plug (#8698 or #8697). These rack configurations with these features only run in nonredundant mode for input power source/line cords.
  • Two line cords are required per System Rack (#5793), and these line cords must be identical features.
  • The System Rack must have two Bulk Power Controller Assemblies (#7803), which provide power distribution and control to the first three rack drawers. The Bulk Power Controller Assembly provides six power connections to support the power converters contained in the model 575 CEC and the I/O drawers.
  • Two optional Power Distribution Assemblies (#7837) are required for system racks having more than three rack drawers containing nodes or I/O drawers. The Power Distribution Assembly provides 10 power connections to support the power converters contained in the model 575 CEC and the I/O drawers.
  • The optional Integrated Battery Backup is available, if desired. The battery backup features protect against power line disturbances and provide sufficient power to allow an orderly system shutdown in the event that the power sources fail. The battery backup features each require 2U of space in the System Rack (#5793). IBF locations within the rack are 13U front/rear, 15U front/rear, and 17U front/rear.
  • If additional external communication and storage devices are required, 7014-T00 or -T42 racks should be ordered. There is no limit on the quantity of 7014 racks allowed.
  • The 575 node contains a DC power converter to provide the required voltages within the node.

Logical partitioning

  • Logical partitioning (LPAR) allows the p5-575 node resources to be allocated and for multiple instances of the supported operating systems to be run simultaneously on a single node.
  • LPAR allocation, monitoring, and control is provided by the Hardware Management Console.
  • Each LPAR functions under its own instance of the operating system.
  • A minimum of 128 MB of memory is required per LPAR.

Advanced POWER Virtualization and Partition Load Manager

  • The optional Advanced POWER Virtualization feature allows partitions to be created that are in units of less than one CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions.
  • With Advanced POWER Virtualization, the processors on the system can be partitioned into as many as 10 LPARs per processor.
  • Advanced POWER Virtualization includes Partition Load Manager, which provides cross-partition workload management across the system LPARs.
  • An encryption key is supplied to the customer and installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the subprocessor level.
  • Using Advanced POWER Visualization, the p5-575 can be divided into as many as 80 logical partitions. System resources can be dedicated to each LPAR.
  • Advanced POWER Virtualization requires AIX 5L 5.3 or SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER.

System control

  • Each p5-575 node must be connected to a Hardware Management Console (HMC) for system control, LPAR, and service functions. The HMC is capable of supporting multiple POWER5 nodes.
  • Each p5-575 node can be connected to two HMCs for redundancy, if desired.
  • The p5-575 is connected to the HMC via Ethernet connections. Each 575 connects to the integrated Ethernet hubs within the System Rack (#5793). The hubs are connected to the HMC through two Ethernet Cable, HMC Attaches (#7801 or #7802).

I/O drawers

  • The p5-575 utilizes optional 4U-tall remote I/O drawers (#5791 or #5794) for additional directly attached PCI or PCI-X adapters and SCSI disk capabilities.
  • Each I/O drawer is divided into halves. Each half contains 10 blind-swap PCI-X slots and one or two Ultra3 SCSI 4-pack backplanes for a total of 20 PCI slots and up to 16 hot-swap disk bays per drawer.
  • Existing 7040-61D I/O drawers may be attached to a p5-575 node, if available.
    • Only 7040-61D I/O drawers containing PCI-X planars (#6571) are supported. Any PCI planars (#6563) must be replaced with PCI-X planars before the drawer can be attached.
    • Feature number 8398 SP Switch2 PCI-X Attachment Adapter must be removed from the 7040-61D if present.
  • A maximum of one I/O drawer can be connected to a p5-575 node.
  • One single-wide, blind-swap cassette (equivalent to those in #4599) is provided in each PCI-X slot of the I/O drawer. Cassettes not containing an adapter will be shipped with a "dummy" card installed to ensure proper environmental characteristics for the drawer. If additional single-wide, blind-swap cassettes are needed, feature number 4599 should be ordered.
  • All 10 PCI-X slots on each I/O drawer planar are capable of supporting either 64-bit or 32-bit PCI or PCI-X adapters. Each I/O drawer planar provides 10 PCI-X slots capable of supporting 3.3 V signaling PCI or PCI-X adapters operating at speeds up to 133 MHz.
  • Each I/O drawer planar incorporates two integrated Ultra3 SCSI adapters for direct attachment of the two 4-pack hot swap backplanes in that half of the drawer. These adapters do not support external SCSI device attachments.
  • Each half of the I/O drawer is powered separately.

I/O drawer attachment

  • A system I/O drawer is always connected to the model 575 CEC via the 575 I/O assembly (#7210). Drawer connections are always made in loops to help protect against a single point-of-failure resulting from an open, missing, or disconnected cable. Systems with non-looped configurations could experience degraded performance and serviceability.
  • I/O drawers may be connected to the CEC in either single-loop or dual-loop mode. Dual-loop mode is recommended whenever possible as it provides the maximum bandwidth between the I/O drawer and the CEC.
  • Single-loop mode connects an entire I/O drawer to the CEC via one RIO-2 loop (2 ports). The two I/O planars in the I/O drawer are connected together via a short RIO-2 cable (#7924). Single-loop connection requires one loop (2 ports) per I/O drawer.
  • Dual-loop mode connects a single I/O planar in the drawer to the CEC.
  • Only one non-system-connected I/O planar (right side, as viewed from the front of the system) will be allowed per multisystem order (per CFR). A non-system-connected I/O planar will be identified as a feature number 5791 or 5794 without feature number 7924, and only two RIO-2 cables.
  • If a new CEC is added to the frame, and is connected to installed non-system-connected I/O planar, any PCI-X adapters or disk intended to be placed into the I/O drawer must be ordered as a separate MES transaction on the new CEC.
  • I/O drawers connected to the p5 575 must be in the same rack as the p5 575.

Disks, boot devices, and media devices

  • A minimum of two identical internal SCSI hard disk drives are required per p5-575 node. It is highly recommended that these disks be used as mirrored boot devices. This configuration provides service personnel the maximum amount of diagnostic information if the system encounters errors in the boot sequence.
  • The p5-575 incorporates an Early Power Off Warning (EPOW) capability that assists in performing an orderly system shutdown in the event of a sudden power loss. IBM recommends use of the Integrated Battery Backup features or an uninterruptible power system (UPS) to help ensure against loss of data due to power failures.

PCI and PCI-X slots and adapters

  • System maximum limits for adapters and devices may not provide optimal system performance. These limits are given for connectivity and functionality assurance.
  • Configuration limitations have been established to help ensure appropriate PCI or PCI-X bus loading, adapter addressing, and system and adapter functional characteristics when ordering I/O drawers. These I/O drawer limitations are in addition to individual adapter limitations shown in the feature descriptions section.

Keyboards and displays

  • USB keyboards supporting various language groups can be ordered with the I/O drawer for use with native-attached displays on the p5-575. A three-button USB mouse connects to the USB keyboard.
  • A variety of flat panel and CRT displays are available to support graphics adapters, if desired.

Adapters

  • Most PCI and PCI-X adapters for the p5-575 system are capable of being hot-plugged. Any PCI adapter supporting a boot device or system console should not be hot-plugged.
  • The following adapters are not hot-plug-capable:
    • POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support (#2849)
    • 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter (#2962)

The e-config user has control of the functional associations between p5-575 CECs and the I/O drawer features. The e-config and manufacturing procedures handle the physical placement of power modules, integrated battery features, drawers, and their power connections to comply with the technical attributes, RAS capabilities, and limitations of the p5-575 (#5793) rack.

The e-config positions the rack content during system validation. The feature number 5793 rack is ordered on the first p5-575 node in the configuration. Stand-alone p5-575 nodes can be ordered without a feature number 5793 rack. Rack features will not be validated by e-config on stand-alone p5-575 orders that do not include an existing feature number 5793 rack during e-config MES sessions.

Rules for racking p5-575 components

The e-config user has control of the functional associations between p5-575 CECs and the I/O drawer features. The e-config and manufacturing procedures handle the physical placement of power modules, integrated battery features, drawers, and their power connections to comply with the technical attributes, RAS capabilities, and limitations of the p5-575 (#5793) rack.

The e-config positions the rack content during system validation. The feature number 5793 rack is ordered on the first p5-575 node in the configuration. The first node location in the rack is at EIA 09.

The p5-575 CECs will be placed first at the lower 2U of a 4U drawer, placed next at the upper 2U of a 4U drawer. Both EIA positions in a 4U drawer will be filled before starting another 4U drawer with another CEC.

When ordered, the IBFs have a fixed position in Rack EIA 13, second IBF in EIA 15, and third IBF in EIA 17.

When ordered, the High Performance Switches (7045-SW4) have fixed positions in Rack EIA 01, and second HPS in EIA 05.

Only one non-system-connected I/O planar (the right side of the I/O drawer as viewed from the front of the rack) will be allowed per multisystem order (per CFR). A non-system-connected I/O planar in an I/O drawer (#5791 or #5794) will be identified as an I/O drawer without feature number 7924, and only two RIO-2 cables. If a new CEC is added to the frame, and is connected to installed non-system-connected I/O planar, any PCI-X adapters or disk intended to be placed into the I/O drawer must be ordered as a separate MES transaction on the new CEC.

AIX Ordering

  • If AIX is ordered on the p5-575 node, then Software Preinstall (#5005) is to be assigned by the configurator

Hardware requirements

Minimum system configuration

The minimum configuration for an IBM eServer 9118-575 includes the following items (for the first node in a rack):

  • One - IBM eServer p5 575 (9118-575)
  • One - 8-Way 1.9 GHz POWER5 Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache and System Planar (#7836)
  • One - I/O Assembly without PCI-X or RIO-2 capability (#7209)
  • One - Power Cable Group, 09U (or 09U Left)(#3800)
  • One - Ethernet Cables, Node to Hubs, EIA01 through EIA17 (#7920)
  • One - 1024 MB (4 x 256 MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz DDR SDRAM (#4444)
  • Two - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly (#3274)
  • One - System Rack (#5793)
  • One - Rack Content Specify (#0268)
  • One - Slim Line or Acoustic Door Kit (#7945 or #7947)
  • Two - Bulk Power Regulators (#6186)
  • Two - Power Controller Assemblies (#7803)
  • Two - Line Cords (#86xx)
  • One - Ethernet Cable, Hardware Management Console to System Unit (#7801 or #7802)
  • One - Language Specify (#9xxx)

Software requirements

  • For POWER5 based nodes:
    • AIX 5L for POWER 5.2 with the 5200-04 Recommended Maintenance Package (APAR IY56722), or later, plus APAR IY60347
  • For POWER5+ based nodes:
    • AIX Version 5L for POWER 5.2 with the 5200-08 Recommended Maintenance Package (APAR IY77270), or later
    • AIX 5L for POWER 5.3 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273), or later.
  • SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER systems, or later
  • Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3

Note: Not all p5-575 system features available on the AIX operating system are available on the Linux operating systems.
Note: Dynamic LPAR is not supported by the current version of Red hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 3. Information on features and external devices supported by Linux on the model 575 can be found at:
http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/linux

For the required Hardware Management Console:

  • The HMC must have Hardware Management Console for POWER5 Licensed Machine Code Version 4.4 provided in APAR MB00691, planned to be available February 18, 2005. For details, visit:
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/hmc/power5

    Version 4.4.0 is planned to be generally available on HMC shipments on February 18, 2005.

If installing the p5-575 node within the Cluster 1600:

  • CSM 1.4 (for both AIX 5L 5.2 and 5.3, SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 or RedHat AS3)


Back to topBack to top

Publications

Top rule

The following information is shipped with the p5-575 (9118-575). Additional copies are available. To order, contact your IBM representative.

                Title                                       Order number
----------------------------------------------------------  ------------
IBM eServer Hardware Information Center CD-ROM               SK3T-8159
IBM eServer Safety Information                               G229-9054
Setup Instructions                                           SA41-5156
IBM Statement of Limited Warranty                            Z125-4753
IBM License Agreement for Machine Code                       Z125-5468
Pointer Sheet for Machine Internal Code License Agreement    GC52-1065
 


Back to topBack to top

Features

Top rule

Features - No charge Features - No charge Feature descriptions Feature descriptions
Features - Chargeable Features - Chargeable Feature exchanges Feature exchanges
Feature availability matrix Feature availability matrix


Features - No charge

  • LANGUAGES
    • (#9300) - Language Group Specify - US English
    • (#9700) - Language Group Specify - Dutch
    • (#9703) - Language Group Specify - French
    • (#9704) - Language Group Specify - German
    • (#9705) - Language Group Specify - Polish
    • (#9707) - Language Group Specify - Portuguese
    • (#9708) - Language Group Specify - Spanish
    • (#9711) - Language Group Specify - Italian
    • (#9712) - Language Group Specify - Canadian French
    • (#9714) - Language Group Specify - Japanese
    • (#9715) - Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
    • (#9716) - Language Group Specify - Korean
    • (#9718) - Language Group Specify - Turkish
    • (#9719) - Language Group Specify - Hungarian
    • (#9720) - Language Group Specify - Slovakian
    • (#9721) - Language Group Specify - Russian
    • (#9722) - Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
    • (#9724) - Language Group Specify - Czech
    • (#9725) - Language Group Specify -- Romanian
    • (#9727) - Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
  • SPECIFY CODES
    • (#0265) - AIX Partition Specify
    • (#0266) - Linux Partition Specify
    • (#0191) - RACK CONTENT SPECIFY: - 4 EIA
    • (#0268) - Rack Content Specify: 9118-575
    • (#4643) - 7040-61D I/O Drawer Attachment Indicator
    • (#4644) - 7045-SW4 Migrated Drawer Indicator
    • (#4651) - Rack Indicator, Rack #1
    • (#4652) - Rack Indicator, Rack #2
    • (#4653) - Rack Indicator, Rack #3
    • (#4654) - Rack Indicator, Rack #4
    • (#4655) - Rack Indicator, Rack #5
    • (#4656) - Rack Indicator, Rack #6
    • (#4657) - Rack Indicator, Rack #7
    • (#4658) - Rack Indicator, Rack #8
    • (#4659) - Rack Indicator, Rack #9
    • (#4660) - Rack Indicator, Rack #10
    • (#4661) - Rack Indicator, Rack #11
    • (#4662) - Rack Indicator, Rack #12
    • (#4663) - Rack Indicator, Rack #13
    • (#4664) - Rack Indicator, Rack #14
    • (#4665) - Rack Indicator, Rack #15
    • (#4666) - Rack Indicator, Rack #16
    • (#4671) - First Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator
    • (#4672) - Second Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator
    • (#4673) - Third Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator
    • (#4674) - Fourth Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator
    • (#8453) - Base Customer Spec Plcmnt
  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#9671) - Manufacturing Process Indicator
    • (#9672) - Manufacturing Process Indicator
    • (#9674) - Manufacturing Indicator
    • (#9675) - Manufacturing Indicator

Features - Chargeable

Special Features - Initial Orders
  • CABLES
    • (#3800) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 09U(or 09U Lft)
  • POWER
    • (#7803) - Bulk Power Controller Assembly
  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#5005) - Software Preinstall
  • PROCESSORS
    • (#7657) - 16 Way 1.5GHz POWER5 CPU
    • (#7836) - 8-Way 1.9GHz POWER5 Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache and System Planar
    • (#7675) - 8 Way 2.2GHz POWER5+ CPU
    • (#7676) - 16 Way 1.9GHz POWER5+ CPU
  • RACK RELATED
    • (#5793) - System Rack
    • (#6850) - Weight Reduction Option
    • (#6856) - Doors with Rear Htx - OEM
    • (#6857) - Doors with Rear Heat Exch
    • (#6861) - Slim Line Doors
    • (#6862) - Acoustic Doors
    • (#7960) - Compact Handling Option
    • (#7964) - Shipping Depth Reduction
Special Features - Plant and/or Field Installable
  • ADAPTERS
    • (#1811) - GX Dual-port 4x HCA
    • (#2737) - Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI
    • (#2738) - 2-Port USB PCI Adapter
    • (#2848) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator
    • (#2849) - POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
    • (#2943) - 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
    • (#2944) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
    • (#2946) - Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter
    • (#2947) - IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#2962) - 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
    • (#4599) - PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Universal
    • (#4764) - PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
    • (#4953) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter
    • (#4957) - IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter
    • (#4959) - IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
    • (#4960) - IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator
    • (#4961) - IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter
    • (#4962) - 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
    • (#4963) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)
    • (#4964) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
    • (#5700) - IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5701) - IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5706) - IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5707) - IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5710) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter
    • (#5711) - PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter
    • (#5713) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
    • (#5714) - 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
    • (#5716) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5718) - 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5719) - IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5721) - 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5722) - 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5723) - 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
    • (#5736) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
    • (#5737) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
    • (#5740) - 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
    • (#5758) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#5759) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
    • (#6203) - PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
    • (#6204) - PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter
    • (#6228) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus
    • (#6230) - Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
    • (#6231) - 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
    • (#6235) - 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
    • (#6239) - 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
    • (#7910) - 2 Link Switch Network Interface (p5-575)
  • CABLES
    • (#1835) - 3 meter 4x Cable
    • (#1836) - 8 meter 4x Cable
    • (#2118) - Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
    • (#2861) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
    • (#2863) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
    • (#2864) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
    • (#2934) - Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
    • (#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
    • (#3926) - Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
    • (#3161) - Switch Cable (SNI), 1.2 meter, copper
    • (#3166) - Switch Cable (SNI), 3 meter, copper
    • (#3167) - Switch Cbl.(SNI)10M Copper
    • (#3925) - Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin
    • (#3928) - Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
    • (#7922) - Switch Cable (SNI), 0.5 meter, copper
    • (#7853) - Power Cables, 4x, 01U
    • (#7854) - Power Cables, 4x, 05U
    • (#7856) - Power Cables, 4x, 13U
    • (#7857) - Power Cables, 4x, 19U
    • (#7858) - Power Cables, 4x, 23U
    • (#7859) - Power Cables, 4x, 27U
    • (#7860) - Power Cables, 4x, 31U
    • (#8131) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
    • (#8132) - 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
    • (#8133) - RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
    • (#8136) - Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
    • (#8137) - Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
    • (#2425) - 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
    • (#2456) - LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#2459) - LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
    • (#4242) - 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)
    • (#4256) - Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
    • (#7801) - Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#7802) - Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit
    • (#7920) - Ethernet Cables, Node to Hubs, EIA01 through EIA17
    • (#7921) - Ethernet Cables, Node to Hubs, EIA19 through EIA35
    • (#2951) - Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
    • (#2952) - Cable, V.35
    • (#2953) - Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
    • (#2954) - Cable, X.21
    • (#3125) - Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
    • (#3146) - RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M
    • (#3168) - RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M
    • (#3803) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 19U(or 19U Lft)
    • (#3804) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 23U(or 23U Lft)
    • (#3805) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 27U(or 27U Lft)
    • (#3806) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 31U(or 31U Lft)
    • (#3807) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 13U(or 13U Lft)
    • (#3810) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 11U(or 09U Rt)
    • (#3813) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 21U(or 19U Rt)
    • (#3814) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 25U(or 23U Rt)
    • (#3815) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 29U(or 27U Rt)
    • (#3816) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 33U(or 31U Rt)
    • (#3817) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 15U(or 13U Rt)
    • (#7843) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 03U(or 01U Rt)
    • (#7844) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 01U(or 01U Lft)
    • (#7845) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 07U(or 05U Rt)
    • (#7846) - Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 05U(or 05U Lft)
    • (#7924) - RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 0.6M
  • DISKS
    • (#3157) - 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3158) - 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3159) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3273) - 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3274) - 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3275) - 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3277) - 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3278) - 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3279) - 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3578) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
    • (#3585) - 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive
  • DISPLAYS
    • (#3627) - IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
    • (#3628) - IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3635) - T210 Flat-Panel Monitor
    • (#3636) - L200P Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3637) - IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
    • (#3638) - IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
    • (#3639) - IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3640) - IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
    • (#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
  • KEYBOARDS
    • (#5951) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
    • (#5952) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189 ]li.(#5953) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
    • (#5954) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#5955) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
    • (#5956) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
    • (#5957) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
    • (#5958) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275
    • (#5959) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
    • (#5960) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
    • (#5961) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
    • (#5962) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
    • (#5963) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
    • (#5964) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120
    • (#5965) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#5966) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
    • (#5967) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#5968) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/ German, #150
    • (#5969) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
    • (#5970) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
    • (#5971) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
    • (#5972) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
    • (#5973) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
    • (#5974) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
    • (#5975) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
    • (#5976) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
    • (#5977) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
    • (#5978) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#5979) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
    • (#5980) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
    • (#5981) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
    • (#5982) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
    • (#5983) - Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English International, #103P
    • (#8800) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P
    • (#8801) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189
    • (#8802) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142
    • (#8803) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129
    • (#8804) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166
    • (#8805) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172
    • (#8806) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194
    • (#8807) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
    • (#8808) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058
    • (#8810) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120
    • (#8811) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153
    • (#8812) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159
    • (#8813) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
    • (#8814) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
    • (#8816) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155
    • (#8817) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143
    • (#8818) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163
    • (#8819) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319
    • (#8820) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212
    • (#8821) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208
    • (#8823) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214
    • (#8825) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245
    • (#8826) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243
    • (#8827) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179
    • (#8829) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
    • (#8830) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238
    • (#8833) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413
    • (#8834) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
    • (#8835) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian, #445
    • (#8836) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191
    • (#8838) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443
    • (#8839) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
    • (#8840) - Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA), #103P
  • MEMORY
    • (#4444) - 1024MB (4x256MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz DDR SDRAM
    • (#4452) - 2 GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, DDR1 SDRAM
    • (#4454) - 8 GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
    • (#4490) - 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
    • (#4491) - 16 GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1SDRAM
    • (#7892) - 2GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM
    • (#7893) - 4GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM
    • (#7894) - 8GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533 MHz DDR2 SDRAM
    • (#7896) - 16384MB (4x4096MB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM
  • Pointing Device
    • (#8845) -USB Mouse
  • POWER
    • (#6186) - Bulk Power Regulator
    • (#6200) - Integrated Battery Backup, Primary or Redundant-Front Mounted
    • (#6201) - Integrated Battery Backup, Redundant Rear Mounted
    • (#6267) - Power Distribution Jumper Assembly, High Current
    • (#7837) - Bulk Power Distribution Assembly
    • (#6240) - Cable, Integrated Battery Backup to Bulk Power Regulator, Primary Rack
  • MEDIA DEVICES
    • (#2591) - External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
  • LINECORDS
    • (#6470) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4
    • (#6471) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #70
    • (#6472) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #18
    • (#6473) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type 19
    • (#6474) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug Type #23
    • (#6475) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #32
    • (#6476) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #24
    • (#6477) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #22
    • (#6478) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #25
    • (#6479) - Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6
    • (#6487) - Power Cord (6-foot) ,To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5
    • (#6488) - Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A), Plug Type #2
    • (#6493) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #62
    • (#6494) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #69
    • (#6495) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #73
    • (#6496) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #66
    • (#6651) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #75
    • (#6659) - Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #76
    • (#6670) - Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (Denan marking)
    • (#6680) - Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6, Insulated
    • (#6687) - Power Cord (6-foot),To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #5 (Denan marking)
    • (#8677) - Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, No Plug
    • (#8686) - Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, IEC309 100A Plug
    • (#8687) - Line Cord, 6AWG, 6ft, IEC309 100A Plug
    • (#8688) - Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 14ft, IEC309 60A Plug
    • (#8689) - Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 6ft, IEC309 60A Plug
    • (#8694) - Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, No Plug
    • (#8697) - Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, IEC309 30A Plug
    • (#8698) - Line Cord, 8AWG, 6ft, IEC309 30A Plug
  • MISCELLANEOUS
    • (#3755) - Service Ladder
    • (#3756) - Service Tool Kit, High Performance Switch
    • (#3758) - Service Lift
    • (#7944) - Advanced POWER Virtualization
    • (#8841) - Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable
    • (#7209) - I/O Assembly without PCI-X or RIO-2 capability
    • (#7210) - I/O Assembly with PCI-X and RIO-2 capability
  • RACK RELATED
    • (#5791) - I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 16 Disk Bays
    • (#5794) - I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 8 Disk Bays
    • (#6245) - EMC Skirts/Tailgate
    • (#6251) - Slim Line Doors
    • (#6252) - Acoustic Doors
    • (#6851) - Slim Line Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks
    • (#6852) - Acoustic Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks
    • (#6855) - Weight Distribution Plate
    • (#7937) - Bolt-Down Kit, Low-Raised Floor
    • (#7938) - Bolt-Down Kit, High-Raised Floor
    • (#7939) - Bolt-Down Kit, Non-Raised Floor
    • (#7945) - Slim Line Door Kit, System Rack
    • (#7947) - Acoustic Door Kit, System Rack
  • SPECIFY CODES
    • (#0212) - Rack Content Specify: 7045/SW4 - 4U
    • (#9004) - Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors

Feature availability matrix

The following feature availability matrix for MT 9118 uses the letter "A" to indicate features that are available and orderable on the specified models. "S" indicates a feature that is supported on the model during a model conversion; these features will work on the model, but additional quantities of these features cannot be ordered on the model; they can only be removed. "N" indicates that the feature is not supported on the model and must be removed during the model conversion. As additional features are announced, supported, or withdrawn, this list will be updated. Please check with your Marketing Representative for additional information.

        |5| A = AVAILABLE  S = SUPPORTED
        |7| N = NOT SUPPORTED, MUST BE REMOVED
        |5|
FEAT/PN | |        DESCRIPTION
--------|-|-----------------------------------------
0191    |S| RACK CONTENT SPECIFY:  - 4 EIA
0212    |A| Rack Content Specify: 7045/SW4 - 4U
0265    |A| AIX Partition Specify
0266    |A| Linux Partition Specify
0268    |S| Rack Content Specify: 9118-575
1811    |S| GX Dual-port 4x HCA
1835    |S| 3 meter 4x Cable
1836    |S| 8 meter 4x Cable
2118    |S| Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M
2425    |S| 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable
2456    |S| LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2459    |S| LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable
2591    |A| External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive
2737    |S| Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI
2738    |S| 2-Port USB PCI Adapter
2848    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator
2849    |S| POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support
2861    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable
2863    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable
2864    |S| ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable
2934    |S| Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232
2936    |S| Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24
2943    |S| 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus
2944    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus
2946    |S| Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter
2947    |S| IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
2951    |S| Cable, V.24 / EIA-232
2952    |S| Cable, V.35
2953    |S| Cable, V.36 / EIA-499
2954    |S| Cable, X.21
2962    |S| 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter
3125    |S| Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack
3146    |S| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M
3157    |S| 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3158    |S| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3159    |S| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3161    |A| Switch Cable (SNI), 1.2 meter, copper
3166    |A| Switch Cable (SNI), 3 meter, copper
3167    |A| Switch Cbl.(SNI)10M Copper
3168    |S| RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M
3273    |S| 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3274    |S| 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3275    |S| 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3277    |S| 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3278    |S| 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3279    |S| 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3578    |S| 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly
3585    |S| 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive
3627    |S| IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable
3628    |S| IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3635    |S| T210 Flat-Panel Monitor
3636    |S| L200P Flat Panel Monitor
3637    |S| IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor
3638    |S| IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable
3639    |S| IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor
3640    |S| IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor
3641    |S| IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor
3642    |S| ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor
3643    |S| IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor
3644    |S| IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor
3645    |S| IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor
3755    |S| Service Ladder
3756    |S| Service Tool Kit, High Performance Switch
3758    |S| Service Lift
3800    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 09U(or 09U Lft)
3803    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 19U(or 19U Lft)
3804    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 23U(or 23U Lft)
3805    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 27U(or 27U Lft)
3806    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 31U(or 31U Lft)
3807    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 13U(or 13U Lft)
3810    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 11U(or 09U Rt)
3813    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 21U(or 19U Rt)
3814    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 25U(or 23U Rt)
3815    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 29U(or 27U Rt)
3816    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 33U(or 31U Rt)
3817    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 15U(or 13U Rt)
3925    |S| Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin
3926    |S| Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M
3928    |S| Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M
4242    |S| 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to
        | |      15-pin D-shell)
4256    |A| Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M
4444    |A| 1024MB (4x256MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz DDR SDRAM
4452    |A| 2 GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, DDR1 SDRAM
4454    |A| 8 GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
4490    |A| 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
4491    |A| 16 GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM
4599    |S| PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Universal
4643    |A| 7040-61D I/O Drawer Attachment Indicator
4644    |A| 7045-SW4 Migrated Drawer Indicator
4651    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #1
4652    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #2
4653    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #3
4654    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #4
4655    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #5
4656    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #6
4657    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #7
4658    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #8
4659    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #9
4660    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #10
4661    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #11
4662    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #12
4663    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #13
4664    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #14
4665    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #15
4666    |A| Rack Indicator, Rack #16
4671    |A| First Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator
4672    |A| Second Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator
4673    |A| Third Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator
4674    |A| Fourth Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator
4764    |S| PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)
4953    |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter
4957    |S| IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter
4959    |S| IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter
4960    |S| IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator
4961    |S| IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter
4962    |S| 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II
4963    |S| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)
4964    |S| PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor
5005    |A| Software Preinstall
5700    |A| IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5701    |A| IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5706    |S| IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter
5707    |A| IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter
5710    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter
5711    |S| PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter
5713    |S| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter
5714    |A| 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter
5716    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
5718    |S| 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter
5719    |S| IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter
5721    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5722    |S| 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5723    |S| 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter
5736    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter
5737    |S| PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter
5740    |S| 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter
5758    |A| 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5759    |S| 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter
5791    |A| I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 16 Disk Bays
5793    |A| System Rack
5794    |A| I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 8 Disk Bays
5951    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P
5952    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189
5953    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142
5954    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129
5955    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P
5956    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172
5957    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194
5958    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian
        | | Portuguese, #275
5959    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208
5960    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413
5961    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467
5962    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445
5963    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058
5964    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120
5965    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153
5966    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159
5967    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442
5968    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/
        | | German, #150
5969    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155
5970    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143
5971    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163
5972    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319
5973    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212
5974    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214
5975    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245
5976    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243
5977    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179
5978    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171
5979    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253
5980    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191
5981    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443
5982    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234
5983    |S| Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English
        | | International, #103P
6186    |S| Bulk Power Regulator
6200    |S| Integrated Battery Backup, Primary or Redundant-Front
        | |      Mounted
6201    |S| Integrated Battery Backup, Redundant Rear Mounted
6203    |S| PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter
6204    |S| PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter
6228    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus
6230    |S| Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter
6231    |S| 128 MByte DRAM Option Card
6235    |S| 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card
6239    |S| 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter
6240    |A| Cable, Integrated Battery Backup to Bulk Power Regulator,
        | |      Primary Rack
6245    |A| EMC Skirts/Tailgate
6251    |S| Slim Line Doors
6252    |S| Acoustic Doors
6267    |A| Power Distribution Jumper Assembly, High Current
6470    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4
6471    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (125V, 15A), Plug
        | |      Type #70
6472    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 16A), Plug
        | |      Type #18
6473    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type 19
6474    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 13A), Plug
        | |      Type #23
6475    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 16A), Plug
        | |      Type #32
6476    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #24
6477    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 16A), Plug
        | |      Type #22
6478    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 16A), Plug
        | |      Type #25
6479    |S| Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #6
6487    |S| Power Cord (6-foot) ,To Wall,  (250V, 15A), United States,
        | |      Plug Type #5
6488    |A| Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU,  (125V, 15A or 250V,
        | |      10A), Plug Type #2
6493    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #62
6494    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #69
6495    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #73
6496    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #66
6651    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (125V, 15A), Plug
        | |      Type #75
6659    |A| Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 15A), Plug
        | |      Type #76
6670    |A| Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59
        | |      (Denan marking)
6680    |A| Power Cord (9-foot) , To Wall/OEM PDU,  (250V, 10A), Plug
        | |      Type #6, Insulated
6687    |A| Power Cord (6-foot),To Wall,  (250V, 15A), Plug Type #5
        | |      (Denan marking)
6850    |A| Weight Reduction Option
6851    |S| Slim Line Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks
6852    |S| Acoustic Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks
6855    |S| Weight Distribution Plate
6856    |S| Doors with Rear Htx - OEM
6857    |S| Doors with Rear Heat Exch
6861    |S| Slim Line Doors
6862    |S| Acoustic Doors
7209    |A| I/O Assembly without PCI-X or RIO-2 capability
7210    |S| I/O Assembly with PCI-X and RIO-2 capability
7657    |S| 16 Way 1.5GHz POWER5 CPU
7675    |A| 8 Way 2.2GHz POWER5+ CPU
7676    |A| 16 Way 1.9GHz POWER5+ CPU
7801    |A| Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |      Unit
7802    |S| Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to System
        | |      Unit
7803    |S| Bulk Power Controller Assembly
7836    |A| 8-Way 1.9GHz POWER5 Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache and System
        | |      Planar
7837    |S| Bulk Power Distribution Assembly
7843    |A| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 03U(or 01U Rt)
7844    |A| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 01U(or 01U Lft)
7845    |A| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 07U(or 05U Rt)
7846    |S| Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 05U(or 05U Lft)
7853    |S| Power Cables, 4x, 01U
7854    |S| Power Cables, 4x, 05U
7856    |S| Power Cables, 4x, 13U
7857    |S| Power Cables, 4x, 19U
7858    |S| Power Cables, 4x, 23U
7859    |S| Power Cables, 4x, 27U
7860    |S| Power Cables, 4x, 31U
7892    |A| 2GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM
7893    |S| 4GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM
7894    |S| 8GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533 MHz DDR2 SDRAM
7896    |A| 16384MB (4x4096MB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM
7910    |S| 2 Link Switch Network Interface (p5-575)
7920    |A| Ethernet Cables, Node to Hubs, EIA01 through EIA17
7921    |A| Ethernet Cables, Node to Hubs, EIA19 through EIA35
7922    |A| Switch Cable (SNI),  0.5 meter, copper
7924    |S| RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 0.6M
7937    |S| Bolt-Down Kit, Low-Raised Floor
7938    |S| Bolt-Down Kit, High-Raised Floor
7939    |S| Bolt-Down Kit, Non-Raised Floor
7944    |A| Advanced POWER Virtualization
7945    |S| Slim Line Door Kit, System Rack
7947    |S| Acoustic Door Kit,  System Rack
7960    |A| Compact Handling Option
7964    |A| Shipping Depth Reduction
8131    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter
8132    |S| 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)
8133    |S| RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable
8136    |S| Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
8137    |S| Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232
8453    |A| Base Customer Spec Plcmnt
8677    |S| Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, No Plug
8686    |S| Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, IEC309 100A Plug
8687    |A| Line Cord, 6AWG, 6ft, IEC309 100A Plug
8688    |S| Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 14ft, IEC309 60A Plug
8689    |A| Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 6ft, IEC309 60A Plug
8694    |S| Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, No Plug
8697    |S| Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, IEC309 30A Plug
8698    |A| Line Cord, 8AWG, 6ft, IEC309 30A Plug
8800    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English,
        | |      #103P
8801    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189
8802    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142
8803    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      German/Austrian, #129
8804    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166
8805    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172
8806    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194
8807    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Brazilian/Portuguese, #275
8808    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian
        | |      French, #058
8810    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch,
        | |      #120
8811    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Swedish/Finnish, #153
8812    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159
8813    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442
8814    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Swiss/French/German, #150F/G
8816    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155
8817    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143
8818    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Portuguese, #163
8819    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319
8820    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212
8821    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208
8823    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214
8825    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245
8826    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243
8827    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179
8829    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171
8830    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238
8833    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413
8834    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467
8835    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French
        | |      Canadian, #445
8836    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191
8838    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443
8839    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black,
        | |      Yugoslavian/Latin, #105
8840    |S| Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English
        | |      (EMEA), #103P
8841    |S| Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable
8845    |S| USB Mouse
9004    |A| Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors
9300    |A| Language Group Specify - US English
9674    |A| Manufacturing Indicator
9675    |A| Manufacturing Indicator
9700    |A| Language Group Specify - Dutch
9703    |A| Language Group Specify - French
9704    |A| Language Group Specify - German
9705    |A| Language Group Specify - Polish
9707    |A| Language Group Specify - Portuguese
9708    |A| Language Group Specify - Spanish
9711    |A| Language Group Specify - Italian
9712    |A| Language Group Specify - Canadian French
9714    |A| Language Group Specify - Japanese
9715    |A| Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)
9716    |A| Language Group Specify - Korean
9718    |A| Language Group Specify - Turkish
9719    |A| Language Group Specify - Hungarian
9720    |A| Language Group Specify - Slovakian
9721    |A| Language Group Specify - Russian
9722    |A| Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)
9724    |A| Language Group Specify - Czech
9725    |A| Language Group Specify -- Romanian
9727    |A| Language Group Specify -- Slovenian
 

Feature descriptions


Note: Not all of the following features are available in all countries. Check with your country representative for specific feature availability.

The following is a list of all feature codes in numeric order.

Attributes, as defined in the following feature descriptions, state the interaction of requirements among features.

Minimums and maximums are the absolute limits for a single feature without regard to interaction with other features. The maximum valid quantity for MES orders may be different than for initial orders. The maximums listed below refer to the largest quantity of these two possibilities.

The order type defines if a feature is orderable only on initial orders, only on MES orders, on both initial and MES orders, or if a feature is supported on a model due to a model conversion. Supported features cannot be ordered on the converted model, only left on or removed from the converted model.

(#0191) RACK CONTENT SPECIFY: I/O Drawer - 4 EIA

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

Indicator of rack space utilization for I/O Drawers (#5791, #5794, #4643).

  • Attributes provided: Indicator of rack space utilization
  • Attributes required: 4U of rack space
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 5 (Initial order maximum: 5)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0212) - Rack Content Specify: 7045/SW4 - 4U

Indicator of rack space utilization for 7045/SW4.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator of rack space utilization
  • Attributes required: 4U of rack space
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0265) AIX Partition Specify

This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under AIX.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 160 (Initial order maximum: 160)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0266) Linux Partition Specify

This feature number is used to indicate the number of partitions the system will have running under Linux.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 160 (Initial order maximum: 160)
  • OS level required: Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
    http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
    factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#0268) Rack Content Specify: 9118-575

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

Indicator of presence of 9118-575 node within a #5793 rack, used for initial orders.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator of node within the rack
  • Attributes required: 2U of rack space
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 12)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1811) GX Dual-port 4x HCA

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

The #1811, GX Dual-port 4x Host Channel Adapter, provides the attachment to supported InfiniBand switches. The adapter plugs into the GX bus slot of the p5-575. Connection to supported InfiniBand switches are accomplished by using the 4x Cables. #1811 occupies the space of one PCI-X adapter within the server, reducing the available PCI-X slots by one.

  • Attributes provided: 2 ports of 4x to attach to supported InfiniBand switches
  • Attributes required: Available GX slot position in the p5-575
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: IX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1835) 3 meter 4x Cable

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This 3 meter 4x cable is utilized to connect to supported InfiniBand switches.

  • Attributes provided: 3 meter 4x cable
  • Attributes required: 4x port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#1836) 8 meter 4x Cable

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This 8 meter 4x cable is utilized to connect to supported InfiniBand switches.

  • Attributes provided: 8 meter 4x cable
  • Attributes required: 4x port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2118) Converter Cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68 pin, 0.3M

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

0.3M 16-bit SCSI cable used to convert from a Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector to a 68-pin P style connector. Cable has male Mini-68 pin VHDCI connector on one end and a female 68 pin P style connector on the other. Length = 0.3 meters.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of supported external sub-system to integrated SCSI port or SCSI adapter with VHDCI Mini-68 pin connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2425) 2.5M 16-bit SCSI-2 System-to-System Cable

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides a 16-bit connection between any two differential or single ended SCSI devices having 68-pin connectors. It can be used to attach an external SCSI device to a SCSI adapter card in an RS/6000 system.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5 meter SCSI cable with 68-pin connectors at each end
  • Attributes required: 68-pin SCSI Interface
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2456) LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

The 50 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to external 50 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2459) LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

The 62.5 micron fiber cable is used to convert from LC type to SC type connectors. The 2 meter cable has a male LC type connector on one end and a female SC type connector on the other.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment to external 62.5 micron fabric or device with one type fiber connector to an adapter with the other type fiber connector.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2591) External USB 1.44 MB Diskette Drive

The externally attached USB diskette drive provides storage capacity up to 1.44 MB on a high density (2HD) floppy disk and 720 KB on a double density floppy disk. Includes 350mm (13.7 in) captured cable with standard USB connector.

Limitation:

  • Maximum 1 USB diskette per adapter,
  • Up to 1 Keyboard and mouse also supported on the adapter with the diskette drive at the same time
  • No system boot capability
  • Not to be operated upside down or with eject button down

Characteristics:

  • Capacity - 1.44 MB (2HD disk) or 720 KB (double density disk)
  • Physical Dimensions: Width=103mm (4.05 in), Height=17.6mm (.69 in), Depth=141.8mm (5.58 in)
  • Color: Black
  • Data Rate: 12 Mbits/sec
  • Max Power Consumption: 2.36 Watt (seek)
  • Operates in all positions except those noted in the limitations above
  • Attributes provided: External diskette drive
  • Attributes required: 1 available USB port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2737) Keyboard/Mouse Attachment Card - PCI

This PCI card provides for connection of one keyboard and mouse.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard/Mouse Attachment
  • Attributes required: Empty PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#2738) 2-Port USB PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 2 Port USB PCI Adapter is a USB 2.0 capable adapter that provides for the connection of one USB keyboard and mouse. Limitation: Limited to USB 1.1 support with AIX

  • Attributes provided: USB Keyboard/mouse Attachment
  • Attributes required: One available PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2848) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes.

  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#2849) POWER GXT135P Graphics Accelerator with Digital Support

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The POWER GXT135P is a versatile, low-priced 2D graphics accelerator for RS/6000 workstations and pSeries servers. It can be configured to operate in either 8-bit or 24-bit color modes. This adapter supports both analog and digital monitors. Its predecessor, Feature Number 2848, supported only analog monitors.

  • Hardware Description:
    • 128-bit graphics processor
    • 8-bit CLUT or 24-bit true color
    • 16 MB SDRAM
    • 32-bit PCI interface
    • Universal PCI (5.0v or 3.3v)
    • 1 hardware color map
  • Features Supported:
    • Up to approximately 16.7 million colors
    • Rectangular clipping
    • 2 analog monitor outputs at up to 1280 x 1024 resolution
    • 1 analog monitor output at up to 2048 x 1536 resolution
    • 1 digital monitor output at up to 1600 x 1200 resolution
    • 60 to 85 Hz refresh rates (ISO 9241, Part 3)
  • APIs Supported:
    • X-Windows and Motif
    • UMS 2.3.0 (no hardware scaling)
  • Software Requirements: AIX Versions 5.1 or 5.2 (analog or digital support),or later, or AIX 4.3 (analog support only)
  • Attributes provided: 2D Graphics
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2861) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port EIA-232 Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port EIA-232 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2863) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port X.21 Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.21 cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2864) - ARTIC960Hx 4-Port V.35 (DTE) Cable

(No Longer Available as of August 25, 2006)

  • Attributes provided: 4-port X.35 (DTE) cable for (#2947)
  • Attributes required: One #2947 adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2934) - Asynchronous Terminal/Printer Cable EIA-232

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

The Asynchronous Printer/Terminal Cable is used for attaching printers, plotters, and terminals that support the EIA-232 standard to any asynchronous adapter. This cable is the equivalent of the combination of FC 2936 (modem cable) and FC 2937 (printer/terminal interposer) and replaces this method of printer/terminal attachment.

This cable is 3m (9.8 feet) long, uses DB25 connectors and is supported on all RS/6000 systems using any asynchronous ports. It is is used in conjunction with:

  • FC 2931 (8-port Async Adapter EIA232, ISA bus)
  • FC 8133 (RJ45-DB25 converter cable for 16-port RANs 8130, 8134, 8136)
  • Attributes provided: EIA232 device attachment capability
  • Attributes required: Any RS/6000 Asynchronous port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2936) - Asynchronous Cable EIA-232/V.24

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

Used to attach a modem to the standard I/O ports with the 10-pin to 25-pin converter cable (#3925), 8-port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Cable Assembly, 16-Port Asynchronous Concentrator (with RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable feature #6402) or the 16-Port EIA-232 Remote Async Node (with RJ45 to DB25 Converter Cable feature #8133). The cable is 3 meters (9.8 feet) in length.

  • Attributes provided: Modem attachment to async or serial port
  • Attributes required: Async or serial port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2943) 8-Port Asynchronous Adapter EIA-232/RS-422, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

For connection of up to 8 asynchronous EIA-232 or RS-422 devices. All eight ports are software programmable to support either EIA-232E or RS-422A protocols, at up to 230K baud.

  • Attributes provided: 8 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: This feature is limited to placement within I/O drawers (#5791, #5794, or #4643).
(#2944) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller, PCI bus

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 128-Port Async Adapter subsystem provides attachment for a high concentration of asynchronous lines (up to 128) from a single PCI bus slot. This gives the system the ability to serve a large number of user of EIA-232 or RS-422 devices such as terminals, printers, and modems.

Two 2.4 Mbps synchronous channels link the adapter to a maximum of eight 16-Port Remote Async Nodes (RANs), up to four RANs can be linked to each synchronous channel.

RANs can also be used with this adapter. If these RANs are connected the synchronous channel the data rate drops down to 1.2 Mbps. For the best results keep the previous and new RAN's on separate synchronous channels.

  • Attributes provided: Up to 128 Async Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot, One to eight (#8137) or (#8138)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2946) Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter

The IBM Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a 64-bit, Universal PCI Adapter. This adapter provides direct access to the ATM network at a dedicated 622 Mbps full-duplex connection. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter is a short form-factor adapter that interfaces to the system via the PCI bus and connects to the 622 Mbps ATM network via dual-SC type, multi-mode fiber cables. The Turboways 622 Mbps PCI MMF ATM Adapter utilizes 16MB of SDRAM for control and 16MB of SDRAM for packet memory. This ATM adapter also provides a hardware assist for TCP checksum which can provide a performance improvement by minimizing the host CPU cycles.

  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex connection to 622 ATM network
  • Attributes required: One available PCI card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: AIX only
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#2947) IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of October 13, 2006)

The IBM ARTIC960Hx 4-Port Selectable PCI Adapter (#2947) is a one-slot, standard length, 32-bit PCI card. The adapter provides 4-Ports of: EIA-232, EIA530, RS-449, X.21, or V.35. Each port will support speeds of up 2.0M bps. Software support is provided by ARTIC960 Support for AIX, Developer's Kit, AIX Versions 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later that provide SDLC and Bisync support; AIX Versions 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later that provide AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support.
Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html
  • Attributes provided: One to four WAN connections at up to 2.0Mbps
  • Attributes required: One full length 32-bit PCI slot, AIX Version 4.2.1 or 4.3.2 or later (for SDLC or Bisync support); AIX Version 4.1.5, 4.2.1, 4.3.1 or later (for AIXLink X.25 LPP Version 1.1.5 support).
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2951) Cable, V.24 / EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.24 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.24 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2952) Cable, V.35

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.35 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.35 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2953) Cable, V.36 / EIA-499

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

V.36/EIA-499 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: V.36 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2954) Cable, X.21

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

X.21 cable for use with #2962 - 2-Port Multiprotocol Adapter. Maximum of two cables per #2962.

  • Attributes provided: X.21 Cable
  • Attributes required: #2962 Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#2962) 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

This adapter provides high-speed connections between stand-alone system units on a WAN. To access WAN lines, the 2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter connects via external communications equipment including Channel Service Units (CSU), Data Service Units (DSU), or through synchronous modems.

This adapter together with IBM AIXlink/X.25 provides a two-port connection to X.25 packet switched networks. IBM AIXlink/X.25 is a separately orderable LPP (5696-926).

2-Port Multiprotocol PCI Adapter with an appropriate cable is compatible with:

  • X.21 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, X.21 (#2954):
    • CCITT X.21 Signalling
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
    • CCITT X.27 Electrical
    • EIA-422-A Electrical
    • ISO 4903 Connector for DCE side of an X.21 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.24 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.24/EIA-232 (#2951):
    • CCITT V.24 Signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Electrical
    • CCITT X.21bis Electrical and Signalling
    • EIA-232-C Electrical and Signalling
    • ISO 2110 Connector for DCE side of an V.24 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.35 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.35 (#2952):
    • CCITT V.35 Some signals for signalling
    • CCITT V.28 Some signals for electrical and signalling
    • ISO 2593 Connector for DCE side of an V.35 VHSI Modem Cable
  • V.36 DCE - Using 2-Port Cable, V.36/EIA-449 (#2953):
    • CCITT V.10 Electrical
    • CCITT V.11 Electrical
  • Attributes provided: Two high speed WAN connections
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3125) Serial-to-Serial Port Cable for Rack/Rack

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This 8 meter cable is available to provide a null-modem connection between the serial ports of two system drawers that are mounted in separate racks. The cable provides a DB25 female connector at each end.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3146) RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 1.2M

(No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

This 1.2-meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable connects two RIO-2 based I/O planars within an I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: 1.2M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 I/O planars
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3157) 18.2 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 18.2GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 18.2GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 160 MBps

  • Attributes provided: 18.2GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: One disk drive bay.
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#3158) 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 160 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#3159) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra3 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 160 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#3161) - Switch Cable (SNI), 1.2 meter, copper

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

The Switch Cable (SNI), 1.2 meter, copper, is used within the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS) network to enable copper connections between the switch network interface (SNI) features in the nodes to the switch port connection card within the HPS for nodes in EIA locations 19 through 25. It is also used for NSB to ISB switch connections when the NSBs and ISBs are in the same multi-switch rack.

  • Attributes provided: Switch Cable (SNI), 1.2 meter, copper
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3166) - Switch Cable (SNI), 3 meter, copper

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

The Switch Cable (SNI), 3 meter, copper, is used within the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS) network to enable copper connections between the switch network interface (SNI) features in the servers to the switch port connection card within the HPS.

  • Attributes provided: Switch Cable (SNI), 3 meter, copper
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3167) - Switch Cbl.(SNI)10M Copper

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

The Switch Cable, 10 meter Copper, is used within the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS) network to enable copper connections between the switch network interface (SNI) features in the servers to the switch port connection card within the HPS. It is used when the switch is in a different rack than the servers. #3167 is also used for switch to switch connections between Node Switch Boards (NSB's) or between NSB's and Intermediate Switch Boards (ISB's).

  • Attributes provided: Switch Cable, 10 meter Copper
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3168) RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) Cbl, 2.5M

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 2.5 meter RIO-2 (Remote I/O-2) cable is utilized to connect RIO-2 based I/O planars and I/O drawers to the system CEC.

  • Attributes provided: 2.5M RIO-2 Cable
  • Attributes required: I/O Drawer and two RIO-2 connectors on the system CEC.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3273) 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

The 36.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#3274) 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2007)

The 73.4 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry-standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.82 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in an system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3275) 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of May 25, 2007)

The 146.8 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry-standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.94 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 67 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3277) 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of February 23, 2007)

The 36.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 36.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry-standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 36.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3278) 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of January 30, 2009)

The 73.4 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 73.4 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry-standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 83 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 73.4 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3279) 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The 146.8 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 146.8 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four (4) READS to one (1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 146.8 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
  • OS level required: AIX 4.3 or higher PSSP levels 3.1, 3.2 and higher Linux- Refer to the following Web Site for Linux information:
    http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
    factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3578) - 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly

(No Longer Available as of September 14, 2007)

The 300 GB 10,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra320 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 4.9 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2.99 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 10,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate: 88 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage mounted in a carrier.
  • Attributes required: One disk drive bay.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required: AIX 4.3 or higher PSSP levels 3.1, 3.2 and higher Linux- Refer to the following Web Site for Linux information:
    http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
    factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3585) - 300 GB 15K RPM SCSI Disk Drive

(No Longer Available as of January 30, 2009)

The 300 GB 15,000 RPM Ultra320 SCSI Disk Drive Assembly provides 300 GB of storage capacity and supports the industry standard Ultra3 SCSI interface speed of up to 320 MBps.

Characteristics:

  • Form Factor: 3.5-inch, 1-inch (25 mm) high
  • Cable included: No
  • External Interface: Ultra320 SCSI (16-bit, Low Voltage Differential)
  • Attachment Industry Spec: SCSI U320
  • Average Seek Time: 3.7 ms (based on four(4) READS to one(1) WRITE)
  • Average Latency: 2 ms
  • Rotational Speed: 15,000 RPM
  • Maximum Data Transfer Rate:107 MBps

Limitation: This disk drive requires attachment to a supported Ultra320 SCSI Adapter in a system that supports an Ultra320 SCSI cable/ backplane in order for the drive to run at 320 MBps. Also, any and all other SCSI devices on the same SCSI bus must also be Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 SCSI device(s) in order for this disk drive to run at 320 MBps.

  • Attributes provided: 300 GB of disk storage
  • Attributes required: one disk drive bay
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 18 (Initial order maximum: 18)
  • OS level required: Refer to the Server System OS level requirements if attaching to native SCSI adapters or the OS level required by the attaching SCSI adapter as appropriate.
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3627) IBM P76/P77 Color Monitor, Business Black, Captured Cable

The P76/P77 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  1. Business Black color
  2. 17-inch Flat Trinitron** CRT with a viewable image size of 406 mm (16.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  3. Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum 1024 x 768 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced, with a maximum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at 70 Hz.
  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: The P76 and P77 monitors are functionally equivalent.
(#3628) IBM P260/P275 Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

The P260/P275 monitor has the following general characteristics:

  1. Business black color
  2. 21-inch Flat Trinitron (R) CRT with a viewable image size of 503 mm (19.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.24 mm stripe pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  3. Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz non-interlaced.
  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: The P260 and P275 monitors are functionally equivalent.
(#3635) T210 Flat-Panel Monitor

The T210 flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  1. Business black color
  2. 21-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 528 mm (20.8 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.207 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images
  3. Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 2048 x 1536 pels at 60Hz.
  4. Tilt/swivel stand
  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3636) L200P Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The L200p flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 510 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1600 x 1200 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3637) IBM T541H /L150p 15" TFT Color Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

Both the T541H and L150p monitors have the following general characteristics:

  • Business Black color
  • 15-inch TFT LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide flicker free operation at a maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 pels at 75Hz in analog mode and 1024 x 768 pels at 60Hz in digital mode.
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Supports 2D Graphics Adapters only
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: 2D Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3638) IBM C220p 21-inch Color Monitor, Business Black, and Cable

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2005)

The IBM C220p monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 21.0-inch Flat Aperture Grille CRT with a viewable image size of 508 mm (20.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.248 mm pixel pitch for bright, high-definition images.
  • Designed to provide reduced flicker operation at an optimum and maximum supported addressability of 1600 x 1200 pels at up to 85 Hz (Vesa)non-interlaced. Capable of 2048 x 1636 at 75 Hz (Vesa).
  • Tilt/swivel stand
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Depth: 483.6 mm (19.0 in.)
  • Height: 516.4 mm (20.3 in.)
  • Width: 512.8 mm (20.2 in.)
  • Weight: 30.5 kg (67.2 lbs.)
  • Attributes provided: Color Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3639) IBM ThinkVision L170p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of September 30, 2005)

The IBM ThinkVision L170p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical 170 degrees; horizontal 170 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3640) - IBM ThinkVision L171p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The IBM ThinkVision L171p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.280mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 400.0 mm (15.7 in.)
  • Weight: 5.7 kg (12.6 lbs.)
  • Viewing angle: Vertical +/-75 degrees; horizontal +/-75 degrees
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (minimal) 700:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables: one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3641) - IBM T115 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of September 10, 2007)

The IBM T115 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 15.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 381 mm (15.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.297mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1024 x 768 (XGA)
  • Tilt adjustable stand
  • Analog connection
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 144 mm (6.67 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 361 mm (14.2 inches
  • Width: 362 mm (14.2 inches)
  • Weight: 2.9 kg (6.4 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 400:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 130 degrees/100 degrees
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3642) - ThinkVision L191p Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of June 16, 2006)

The ThinkVision L191p LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024.
  • Tilt/swivel and height adjustable stand
  • Analog or digital connection
  • Dual input allows attachment to two systems concurrently.
  • Internal power
  • Depth: 237.0 mm (9.3 in.)
  • Height: 457.0 mm (18.0 in.)
  • Width: 408.0 mm (16.1 in.)
  • Weight: 7.1 kg (15.7 lbs.)
  • Contrast ratio: 1000:1 (typical)
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3643) - IBM T120 Flat Panel Monitor

(No longer available as of January 25, 2008)

The IBM T120 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 20.1-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 511 mm (20.1 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.255 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1600 x 1200 (UXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 416.6 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Width: 445.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.5 kg (16.5 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 700:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles(H/V): 178 degrees/178 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3644) - IBM T119 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T119 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 19.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 483 mm (19.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.294 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 443.6 mm (17.5 inches)
  • Width: 418 mm (16.5 inches)
  • Weight: 7.4 kg (16.3 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 550:1 (typical)
  • Brightness:250cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/135 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3645) - IBM T117 Flat Panel Monitor

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2009)

The IBM T117 LCD flat-panel monitor has the following general characteristics:

  • Business black color
  • 17.0-inch LCD digital screen with a viewable image size of 432 mm (17.0 inches) measured diagonally, incorporating a 0.264 mm pixel pitch/type for bright, high-definition images.
  • Maximum resolution of 1280 x 1024 (SXGA)
  • Tilt/lift adjustable stand
  • Analog and digital connections
  • Internal power
  • Depth (w/stand): 246 mm (9.7 inches)
  • Height (max w/stand): 395.5 mm (15.6 inches)
  • Width: 375.4 mm (14.8 inches)
  • Weight: 5.8 kg (12.8 lbs)
  • Contrast ratio: 500:1 (typical)
  • Brightness: 300cd/m2 (typical)
  • Viewing angles (H/V): 140 degrees/130 degrees
  • Video inputs: 15-pin D / DVI-D
  • Two removable cables, one analog and one digital
  • Attributes provided: Color Flat-panel Monitor
  • Attributes required: Graphics Adapter
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3755) Service Ladder

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature delivers the Service Ladder for components within the higher drawers of the 9118-575 rack. Remove this feature from additional rack orders to prevent multiple quantities of the Service Ladder from being shipped. Also remove this feature if #7960 Compact Handling feature is ordered. Every 9118-575 installation location with components within the higher drawers of the rack must have access to one Service Ladder. Failure to have at least one available in a location may result in delayed or prolonged maintenance times.

  • Attributes provided: Service Ladder
  • Attributes required: #5793 rack with components in the higher drawers
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: The Service Ladder #3755 should be assigned once when the #3803 is ordered, as either an initial order or an MES. #3755 can be removed from the order to prevent multiple shipment of Service Ladders per installation. The #3755 should be removed from #7960 Compact Handling Option is ordered.
(#3756) - Service Tool Kit, High Performance Switch

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature delivers the Service Took Kit for the High Performance Switch. Remove this feature from additional 7045-SW4 orders to prevent multiple quantities of the Tool Kit from being shipped. Every installation location with an HPS 7045-SW4 must have access to one Service Tool Kit. Failure to have at least one available in a location may result in delayed or prolonged maintenance times.

  • Attributes provided: Service Tool Kit for 7045-SW4
  • Attributes required: 7045-SW4
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: The Service Tool Kit FC 3756 should be assigned once when the FC 0212 (Rack Content Specify - 7045-SW4) is ordered on a 9118-575 with the rack feature code #5793. FC 3756 can be removed from the order to prevent multiple shipment of Service Took Kit
(#3758) - Service Lift

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature delivers the Service Lift for p5-575. Every 9118-575 installation location with a p5-575 within the upper section of the rack (EIA location 19 or higher) must have access to a Service Lift. Failure to have at least one available in a location may result in delayed or prolonged maintenance times. Remove this feature from additional rack orders to prevent multiple quantities of the Service Lift from being shipped.

  • Attributes provided: Service Lift
  • Attributes required: Rack with p5-575 in EIA location 19 or higher.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3800) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 09U(or 09U Lft)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 09 (or in the left side of EIA 09, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 09
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#3803) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 19U(or 19U Lft)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 19 (or in the left side of EIA 19, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 19
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3804) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 23U(or 23U Lft)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 23 (or in the left side of EIA 23, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 23
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3805) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 27U(or 27U Lft)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 27 (or in the left side of EIA 27, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 27
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3806) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 31U(or 31U Lft)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 31 (or in the left side of EIA 31, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 31
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3807) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 13U(or 13U Lft)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 13 (or in the left side of EIA 13, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 13
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3810) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 11U(or 09U Rt)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 11 (or in the right side of EIA 09, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 11 or right side of EIA 09
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3813) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 21U(or 19U Rt)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 21 (or in the right side of EIA 19, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 21 or right side of EIA 19
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3814) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 25U(or 23U Rt)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 25 (or in the right side of EIA 23, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 25 or right side of EIA 23
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3815) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 29U(or 27U Rt)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 29 (or in the right side of EIA 27, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 29 or right side of EIA 27
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3816) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 33U(or 31U Rt)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 33 (or in the right side of EIA 31, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 33 or right side of EIA 31
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3817) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 15U(or 13U Rt)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 15 (or in the right side of EIA 13, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 15 or right side of EIA 13
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3925) - Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-Pin to 25-Pin

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This cable converts the 9-pin serial port on the system to a 25-pin serial port which allows the user to attach 25-pin serial devices to the system.

  • Attributes provided: 9-Pin to 25-Pin connectivity
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 48 (Initial order maximum: 48)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3926) - Asynch Printer/Terminal Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin, 4M

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This 4-meter cable and transposer (2 parts) allows external async devices such as printers or terminals to be attached directly to the 9-pin serial port. Thisis equivalent to using #3925 in combination with #2934.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#3928) Serial Port Null Modem Cable, 9-pin to 9-pin, 10M

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021)

This 10 meter 9 pin to 9 pin Null Modem Serial cable allows two EIA-232 communications ports to exchange data with one another without going through a modem.

  • Attributes provided: 9 pin female connector at each end of the cable
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 99 (Initial order maximum: 99)
  • OS level required: n/a
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4242) 6-Foot Extender Cable for Displays (15-pin D-shell to 15-pin D-shell)

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2018)

This cable is required to connect displays with a 15-pin "D" shell connector to the appropriate accelerator connector when it is farther away than the attached monitor cable can reach. Rack mounted systems are likely candidates for this extender cable.

  • Attributes provided: 6-foot extension cable
  • Attributes required: Supported monitor and adapter with a 15-pin "D" shell connector.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4256) Extender Cable - USB Keyboards, 2M

This feature provides a 2M extension cable for use with USB keyboards.

  • Attributes provided: 2M Extension Cable
  • Attributes required: USB Keyboard
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4444) 1024MB (4x256MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz DDR SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 1024MB of system memory with 4 256MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 1024MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4452) 2 GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, DDR1 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 2 GB of system memory with 4 512MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 2048MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4454) 8 GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266 MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 8 GB of system memory with 4 2GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4490) 4 GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 4 GB of system memory with 4 1GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4491) 16 GB (4x4GB) DIMMs, 208-pin, 266MHz, Stacked DDR1 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 16 GB of system memory with 4 4GB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 16384MB of system memory.
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4599) PCI Blind Swap Cassette Kit, Single Wide Adapters, Universal

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

This feature contains a blind swap cassette for single slot width PCI adapters. It also includes the necessary hardware to adapt the cassette to mount various sizes of PCI cards.

  • Attributes provided: Blind swap PCI cassette
  • Attributes required: PCI card and empty PCI adapter location
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4643) 7040-61D I/O Drawer Attachment Indicator

This feature indicates that a 7040-61D I/O drawer is being attached to the system.

  • Attributes provided: 7040-61D I/O drawer indicator
  • Attributes required: Empty I/O drawer location and RIO-2 ports
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4644) - 7045-SW4 Migrated Drawer Indicator

This feature indicates that a 7045-SW4 drawer is being migrated to a POWER5 rack environment. It is used to determine rack level power and cable requirements for the migrated location.

  • Attributes provided: 7045-SW4 migrated drawer indicator
  • Attributes required: Empty valid switch drawer location
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: One instance of #4644 must be ordered for each 7045-SW4 High Performance Switch to be migrated from another system.
(#4651) Rack Indicator, Rack #1

This indicator is used to specify the first rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the first rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4652) Rack Indicator, Rack #2

This indicator is used to specify the second rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the second rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4653) Rack Indicator, Rack #3

This indicator is used to specify the third rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the third rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4654) Rack Indicator, Rack #4

This indicator is used to specify the fourth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the fourth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4655) Rack Indicator, Rack #5

This indicator is used to specify the fifth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the fifth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4656) Rack Indicator, Rack #6

This indicator is used to specify the sixth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the sixth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4657) Rack Indicator, Rack #7

This indicator is used to specify the seventh rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the seventh rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4658) Rack Indicator, Rack #8

This indicator is used to specify the eighth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the eighth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4659) Rack Indicator, Rack #9

This indicator is used to specify the ninth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the ninth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4660) Rack Indicator, Rack #10

This indicator is used to specify the tenth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the tenth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4661) Rack Indicator, Rack #11

This indicator is used to specify the eleventh rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the eleventh rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4662) Rack Indicator, Rack #12

This indicator is used to specify the twelfth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the twelfth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4663) Rack Indicator, Rack #13

This indicator is used to specify the thirteenth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the thirteenth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4664) Rack Indicator, Rack #14

This indicator is used to specify the fourteenth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the fourteenth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4665) Rack Indicator, Rack #15

This indicator is used to specify the fifteenth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the fifteenth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4666) Rack Indicator, Rack #16

This indicator is used to specify the sixteenth rack of a multi rack complex. It is also used to specify that a rack mounted device (such as an I/O drawer) is to be mounted in the sixteenth rack of a multi rack complex.

  • Attributes provided: Rack specify
  • Attributes required: Rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4671) First Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator

#4671 is used to identify the connectivity and associativity when two 9118-575's connect to the first shared I/O drawer (either #5794 or #5791)in the #5793 rack. This enables the correct number of PCI-X adapter slots and the correct number of disk bays to be assigned to each of the nodes. These indicators would be ordered on each of the 575 nodes that connect to the first shared I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator of first shared I/O drawer.
  • Attributes required: Two 575's connecting to the first shared I/O drawer in the #5793 rack.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4672) Second Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator

#4672 is used to identify the connectivity and associativity when two 9118-575's connect to the second shared I/O drawer (either #5794 or #5791)in the #5793 rack. This enables the correct number of PCI-X adapter slots and the correct number of disk bays to be assigned to each of the nodes. These indicators would be ordered on each of the 575 nodes that connect to the second shared I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator of second shared I/O drawer.
  • Attributes required: Two 575's connecting to the second shared I/O drawer in the #5793 rack.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4673) Third Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator

#4673 is used to identify the connectivity and associativity when two 9118-575's connect to the third shared I/O drawer (either #5794 or #5791)in the #5793 rack. This enables the correct number of PCI-X adapter slots and the correct number of disk bays to be assigned to each of the nodes. These indicators would be ordered on each of the 575 nodes that connect to the third shared I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator of third shared I/O drawer.
  • Attributes required: Two 575's connected to the third shared I/O drawer in the #5793 rack.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4674) Fourth Shared I/O Drawer, Indicator

#4674 is used to identify the connectivity and associativity when two 9118-575's connect to the fourth shared I/O drawer (either #5794 or #5791)in the #5793 rack. This enables the correct number of PCI-X adapter slots and the correct number of disk bays to be assigned to each of the nodes. These indicators would be ordered on each of the 575 nodes that connect to the fourth shared I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: Indicator of fourth shared I/O drawer.
  • Attributes required: Two 575's connected to the fourth shared I/O drawer in the #5793 rack.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4764) - PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS 4)

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

Provides both cryptographic coprocessor and secure-key cryptographic accelerator functions in a single PCI-X card. The coprocessor functions are targeted to banking and finance applications. Financial PIN processing and Europay, MasterCard, Visa (EMV) credit card functions are provided. EMV is a standard for integrated-chip based credit cards. The secure-key accelerator functions are targeted to improving the performance of Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) transactions. The #4764 provides the security and performance required to support eBusiness and emerging digital signature applications. Host application access to the cryptographic services of the #4764 are via the Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA) application programming interfaces (APIs) or additionally (as of 3/30/2007) via Public-Key Cryptographic Standards (PKCS#11) APIs. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card.

The #4764 provides secure storage of cryptographic keys in a tamper-resistant hardware security module (HSM), which is designed to meet FIPS 140 security requirements. FIPS 140 is a U.S. Government National Institute of Standards & Technology (NIST) administered standard and certification program for cryptographic modules. The firmware for the #4764 is shipped on a CD that is part of the feature. Software installation documentation is shipped on the same CD.
Note: Prior to 3/30/2007 only CCA was supported (available on CD LCD8-0477-00). Customers installing feature 4764 prior to 3/30/2007 who now wish to install PKCS#11 can contact 1-800-IBM-SERV to request ECA 618 for use with feature 4764. Only one API can be loaded on a single feature 4764 card. Customers currently running with CCA support do not need this ECA as there is no newer version of the CCA function on this new CD

  • Attributes provided: Cryptographic Accelerator Function, EMV-Based Credit Card Function, CCA API Host Support and (as of 3/30/2007) PKCS#11 API. Both CCA APIs and PKCS#11 APIs are included on CD LCD8-0477-01, titled "4764 PCI-X Cryptographic Coprocessor Support Version 2.0". li.Attributes required: One PCI-X card slot Note: Only one API (CCA or PKCS11 but not both) can be loaded per 4764 Feature.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required: AIX 5L for POWER 5.2 with the 5200-09 Technology Level (APAR IY82425), or later or AIX 5L for POWER 5.3 with the 5300-05 Technology Level (APAR IY82426), or later
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Please validate that software components which provide SSL are enabled to use hardware cryptographic devices through the PKCS#11 or CCA API's. If assistance is needed in determining if the device will meet your needs please contact crypto@us.ibm.com.
    Note: Max per cpu is 2; 8 per IO drawer/partition/planar.
(#4953) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter

The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 UTP Adapter provides dedicated, 155 Mbps full-duplex connection to ATM networks over either permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC). This adapter enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network with Category-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP). It also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155 UTP connector
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: AIX only
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#4957) IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter

The IBM 64bit/66MHz PCI ATM 155 MMF Adapter provides direct access to ATM networks. This 155 Mbps PCI ATM MMF Adapter provides dedicated 155 Mbps full-duplex connection using permanent virtual circuits (PVC) or switched virtual circuits (SVC) and enables TCP/IP to run over an ATM network. The adapter also supports communication with devices located on an ATM network or bridged to a Token-Ring, Ethernet, or other LAN.

  • Attributes provided: One ATM 155Mbps MMF connection
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • For 9118-575: (#4957)
    • Minimum required: 0
    • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
    • OS level required: AIX only
    • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
    • CSU: No
    • Return parts MES: Does not apply

    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#4959) IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The IBM Token-Ring PCI Adapter for RS/6000 is a single slot, short, 32-bit, PCI adapter supporting 4 or 16 Mbps data rates, either half-duplex or full-duplex.

Automatic Ring-Speed selection prevents "wrong speed" insertion into the ring, even when connected to speed-sensing hubs. This adapter will operate with either unshielded twisted pair (UTP) Cat 5 cable with RJ-45 connectors or shielded twisted pair (STP) Type 1A cabling with 9-pin D-shell connectors. The Token-Ring PCI Adapter will provide network boot capability.

  • Attributes provided:
  • Attributes required: A single empty 32-bit PCI adapter slot.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4960) IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator

The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a short form factor PCI Secure Socket Layer (SSL) hardware accelerator adapter. For Secure Web transaction, SSL operations is a key requirement. To do this, public-key cryptographic operations using SSL handshake protocol is employed. The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is a hardware cryptographic solution that off-loads this compute-intensive public-key cryptographic processing from the host.

The overall operation control, including command decoding, is implemented in hardware and requires no on-card microprocessor subsystem. As such, the adapter is a less expensive alternative to those who do not need the high security of the on-card secure programming environment such as is offered by the PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor(#4958), but do need the high cryptographic performance that hardware acceleration provides by offloading the host processor.
Note: The IBM e-business Cryptographic Accelerator is only supported by the industry standard PKCS #11 application programming interface (API) Version 2.01, and applications which interface to the PKCS #11 Support Program.

  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#4961) IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter

IBM Universal 4-Port 10/100 Ethernet Adapter is a single slot, long, 64-bit, 33 MHz PCI adapter supporting 4 industry standard Ethernet 10 Base-T or 100 Base-T interfaces either half or full duplex. Each port is provided with it's own RJ-45 connector for attachment to standard CAT-3/5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable. The adapter is IEEE 802.3u compatible and provides full auto-negotiation for detecting speed and duplex capability across each port.

Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM) capability are available using this adapter if no specific limitation is stated.

  • Attributes provided: 4 ports of 10/100 Base-Tx Ethernet
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#4962) 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II is a small form factor, single port PCI ethernet adapter. This high performance, low power ethernet 10/100Mbps LAN adapter can be used in both client and server PCI systems. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II provides both 10Base-T and 100Base-TX full duplex ethernet LAN connectivity. The adapter supports Category-5 unshielded twisted pair cabling for both 10/100 Mbps and Category-3 unshielded twisted pair cabling for 10 Mbps. The 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports:

  • Half / Full Duplex 10/100 Mbps Ethernet interface
  • 10/100 Mbps data rates
  • Auto-negotiation for 10/100 speed and half/full duplex
  • Network boot capability and Network Install Manager (NIM)
  • IEEE 802.3 Ethernet Specification
  • IEEE 802.3u Fast Ethernet Specification

After 4/26/02, the 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI Adapter II supports the off-load of IP Security cryptographic algorithms by providing hardware assistance in performing data encryption and authentication. This support is provided with AIX 5.1 (with appropriate software updates)and later software. This IP Security function, normally performed with encryption software by the host, is off-loaded to this adapter to enhance network traffic throughput and reduce CPU utilization. If you are running with AIX 5.1, to invoke the IP Security function on the adapter, you must obtain AIX 5.1 software updates IY27069 and IY26514 or the 5100-02 Recommended Maintenance package. These updates can be obtained by ordering APAR IY28102, or by ordering the AIX 5.1 Update CD (LCD4-1103-03) dated 4/2002 or later.
Note: This IP Security function is not supported with AIX 4.3 software.

An additional function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also available. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also available. Both these functions are available with AIX version 5.1 with APAR IY38248 or later software, or AIX version 5.2 with APAR IY38492 or later software.

  • Attributes provided: One 10/100 Mbps Ethernet port (connector)
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#4963) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4)

The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a 2/3 length PCI adapter which combines hardware and software to provide a wide variety of security services. The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a second generation adapter of the Cryptographic Coprocessor family that provides high performance secure hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as transmitting data, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. In addition, the card is enclosed in a tamper proof enclosure to restrict access to on card resources, designed to FIPS 140-1 Level 4 standards.

Security functions supported by the adapter include:

  • DES (Data Encryption Standard) (40 and 56 bit key) encryption and decryption, with pre- and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both ECB (electronic and codebook) and CBC (cipher block chain) modes of encryption.
  • MAC (Message Authentication) generation and MAC verification services
  • Triple DES (three key) encryption and decryption of eight-byte units
  • Secure RSA key-pair generation
  • RSA signature generation and signature verification at 18 signatures/sec at 2048 bits
  • Hardware random number generation
  • Secure data storage and retrieval
  • Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor

As part of this adapter's physical security features, the following events will cause an adapter shutdown and secure data zeroization.

  • Shipping/Storage Temperature less than -15C or greater than 95C
  • Dead Battery (VBAT less than 2.4V)
  • Supply Voltage greater than 3.3V/12V max
  • Mesh Sensor opens/shorts detection
  • X-ray exposure

IBM offers software to enable your use of the Coprocessors. Two different approaches to cryptographic functions are offered for download from the http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards website:

  • PKCS #11 Version 2.01, an implementation of the industry-standard API
  • IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA), featuring support of special interest to the finance industry.

Under custom contract, IBM also offers toolkits that you can employ to develop extensions to the CCA offering and to develop your own application to exploit the secure computing environment and cryptographic hardware. For more information on custom contracts, refer to this web site:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

For additional information on the IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor, refer to the following World Wide Web page:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

Limitations:

  • The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor Adapter is a field only installed device in order to meet restrictive shipping requirements.
  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#4964) - PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor

The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor is a 2/3 length PCI adapter combining hardware and software designed to provide high performance hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as data exchange, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. Cryptographic processes are performed within a tamper resistant enclosure on the adapter that is designed to meet FIPS PUB 140-1 standard for commercial cryptographic devices at Level 3.

Security functions supported by the adapter include:

  • Data Encryption Standard (DES) (56 and 40 bit keys) encryption and decryption, with pre- and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both electronic and codebook (ECB) and cipher block chain (CBC) modes of encryption.
  • Message Authentication (MAC) and financial PIN processing
  • Triple DES encryption and decryption of general data
  • RSA key-pair generation
  • RSA signature generation and signature verification
  • Secure Hashing Algorithm (SHA-1) in hardware
  • Hardware random number generation
  • Protected data storage and retrieval
  • Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor

IBM offers software to enable your use of the Coprocessors. Two different approaches to cryptographic functions, listed below, are offered for download from:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards
  • PKCS #11 Version 2.01, an implementation of the industry-standard API
  • IBM Common Cryptographic Architecture (CCA), featuring support of special interest to the finance industry.

Under custom contract, IBM also offers toolkits that you can employ to develop extensions to the CCA offering and to develop your own application to exploit the secure computing environment and cryptographic hardware. For more information on custom contracts, refer to the web site:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

For additional information on the IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor, refer to the following World Wide Web page:

http://www.ibm.com/security/cryptocards

Limitations:

  • The IBM PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor Adapter is a field only installed device in order to meet restrictive shipping requirements.

Note: This adapter may have AIX 5.1 support limitations. Go to the following URL to view the latest AIX 5.1 support limitation statements:
http://www.ibm.com/servers/aix/os/adapters/51.html
  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 0)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
    http://www.ibm.com/servers/eservers/pseries/hardware/
    factsfeatures.htmlvvv
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Support
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5005) Software Preinstall

(No Longer Available in Latin America as of March 01, 2006)

Licensed programs may be preinstalled on the media selected. To order this option, specify code (#5005) on the initial system order. The preinstalled licensed programs will be at the same release level as programs being shipped from the Program Libraries at the time the system is manufactured.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5700) IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides a 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connection with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable which conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.
Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.
Note: The IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

  • Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.
  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5701) IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via the PCI-X bus and connects to the network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.
Note: For optimum performance, adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot.

  • Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.
  • Attributes provided: One full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connection to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN.
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5706) IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2017)

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter is a Full Duplex, dual ported, Gigabit Ethernet adapter designed with highly integrated components. This adapter can be configured to run each port at 10, 100, or 1000 Mbps data rates. The adapter interfaces to the system via a PCI or PCI-X bus and connects to a network using a 4-pair CAT-5 Unshielded Twisted Pair (UTP) cable for distances of up to 100m. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T standard. The adapter also supports jumbo frames when running at the 1000 Mbps speed.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5706) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM 10/100/1000 Base-TX Ethernet PCI-X Adapter (#5701) is the preferred solution.
Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.

  • Limitations: The 1000 Mbps speed is not supported in Half Duplex (HDX) mode.
  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 10/100/1000Base-TX UTP connections to Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5707) IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter provides two 1 Gbps (1000 Base-SX) full-duplex Ethernet LAN connections with throughput on a standard shortwave multimode optical cable that conforms to the IEEE 802.3z standard. The adapter supports distances of 260m for 62.5 micron Multi Mode Fiber (MMF) and 550m for 50.0 micron MMF. AIX Network Install Manager (NIM) boot capability is supported with this adapter.

A function called 'Large Send' or sometimes known as TCP Segmentation is also provided by this adapter. This function offloads the TCP segmentation operation from the AIX IP layer to the adapter for outgoing (transmit side) TCP segments. Another function known as "Checksum Offload" which offloads the TCP/UDP Checksum Operation or workload from the CPU to the adapter is also provided.

The IBM 2-Port Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5707) should be considered where maximum port density is required per I/O card slot. For a suggested maximum number of adapters taking performance into consideration, refer to the RS/6000 & pSeries PCI Adapter Placement Reference SA38-0538. If card slots are not the limiting factor and maximum throughput is required, the single port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter (#5700) is the preferred solution.
Note: For optimum performance, the adapter should be placed in a 64 bit PCI-X card slot whenever possible.
Note: The 2-Port IBM Gigabit Ethernet-SX PCI-X Adapter incorporates an LC type connector on the card. This new, smaller form factor connector is being used by the industry for the next generation of fiber optic networks. If connecting into an older, existing SC type connector network, an LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) or LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) is required.

  • Limitation: Half Duplex (HDX) mode is not supported.
  • Attributes provided: Two full-duplex 1000Base-SX fiber connections to a Gigabit Ethernet LAN(s).
  • Attributes required: One available PCI or PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 20)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5710) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (#5710) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.), up to twice the maximum data transfer rate of the previous Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI adapter (160 MBps). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two industry-standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. The two external ports also provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate and to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate. Also the two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/Web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Blind Swap Adapter (#5710) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5.1 or AIX 5.2 software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following Web page URL:
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5711) PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter (#5711) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0,5, or 10 capability and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 40 MByte non-volitile fast-write cache is provided as a resident part of this adapter. The 40 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or external ports) are required to be formatted to 522 byte sectors. 522 byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrety. A menu option is provided in the AIX supporting software which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512 byte sectors.
Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. Also, there are some disk drives which do not support being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two industry-standard VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DS4 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TS4 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 320 MB/s SCSI bus data rate configured as either a non-array or an array of disks Also the two external ports provide non-array connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/Web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

Limitations:

  • The two external ports provide connectivity to an IBM 2104-DU3 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TU3 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 160 MB/s SCSI bus data rate as well as connectivity to an IBM 2104-DL1 Expandable Storage Plus Drawer or 2104-TL1 Expandable Storage Plus Tower at up to 80 MB/s SCSI bus data rate, but is limited to only non-array configuration support.
  • The two external ports do not support the connection to the IBM 7131-105 IBM Multi-Storage Tower Model 105.
  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Blind Swap Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • Disk drives internal to the pSeries system shipped prior to September 1, 2003 require a disk drive microcode update to run at Ultra320 speed. To obtain the appropriate microcode update, go to the following Web page URL:
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X bus slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5713) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Copper Media Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 31, 2017)

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
    http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
    factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Limit 2 in p575 node and 6 in the I/O Drawer
(#5714) 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X on Optical Media Adapter

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

The 1 Gigabit iSCSI TOE PCI-X adapter encapsulates SCSI Commands and data into TCP and transports them over the Ethernet via IP packets. The adapter operates as an iSCSI TOE (TCP/IP Offload Engine). This offload function eliminates host protocol processing and reduces CPU interrupts. Adapter uses Small form factor LC type fiber optic connector.

  • Attributes provided: Offload of host protocol processing
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
    http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
    factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Limit 2 in p575 node and 6 in the I/O Drawer
(#5716) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 27, 2007)

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber onnector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/disk/products.htm

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5718) 10 Gigabit Ethernet -SR PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Provides 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections. Supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000MHz km minimum model bandwith at 850 nm. Adapter connector type is LC.

  • Attributes provided: Provides highend bandwith for networking
  • Attributes required: Supported on PCI-X slots only
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5719) IBM 10 Gigabit Ethernet-LR PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of May 31, 2006)

Offers 10 Gigabit Ethernet PCI-X based server connections over a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm single-mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector type for connecting into net-work infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: Available PCI-X slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5721) - 10 Gb Ethernet-SR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The adapter supports distances of up to 33m using 62.5 um multimode fiber or 300m using 50 um multimode fiber with 2000 MHz*km minimum model bandwidth at 850 nm wavelength. The fiber cable connects to the adapter with LC type connector. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard.

  • Attributes provided: Provides high-end bandwidth for networking
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug into PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83444 and IY84022, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83424 and IY84026, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
            http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
            hardware/factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Limit 4 in p575 node and 12 in the I/O Drawer.

    The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_204. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from:

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2 /download.html

    Note: The combined cumulative total for feature 5718, 5719, 5721 and 5722 is 16.
(#5722) - 10 Gb Ethernet-LR PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 28, 2008)

The adapter supports a maximum of 10 kilometers of 1310nm 9um single- mode fiber optic cable. The adapter conforms to the IEEE 802.3ae standard. The adapter requires 9um single-mode fiber optic cables and uses a SC connector to facilitate connecting into network infrastructure components like 10 Gigabit Ethernet switch/router with SC connectors.

  • Attributes provided: 10 Gigabit Ethernet connections
  • Attributes required: PCI-X slot or for improved bandwidth plug in PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83444 and IY84022, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83424 and IY84026, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
            http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
            hardware/factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Limit 4 in p575 node and 12 in the I/O Drawer.

    The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_204. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from:

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2 /download.html

    Note: The combined cumulative total for feature 5718, 5719, 5721 and 5722 is 16.
(#5723) 2-Port Asynchronous EIA-232 PCI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

Connection for 2 Asynchronous EIA-232 devices. Ports are Programmable to support EIA-232 protocols, at a line speed of 128K bps.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Asynchronous Ports
  • Attributes required: One PCI Slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No

Note: 1) (3925) - Serial Port Converter Cable, 9-pin to 25-pin is rquired (0.3m).
(#5791) I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 16 Disk Bays

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

This feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing twenty PCI-X slots and sixteen hot-swap disk bays. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via RIO-2 attachment cables.

  • Attributes provided: 20 PCI-X slots, 16 disk bays
  • Attributes required: Available RIO-2 attachment ports
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5736) - PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt adapter and is an excellent solution for high-performance SCSI applications. The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter provides two SCSI channels (busses), each capable of running 320 MBps (max.). Each SCSI bus can either be internal (on systems that support internal SCSI device or backplane attachments) or external. Internally attached Ultra320 devices are designed to run at a data rate of up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and also maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. To fully utilize this 320 MB per second performance, all attaching devices should also be Ultra320 LVD devices. But, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. For lower speed single-ended (SE) devices, the SCSI bus will switch to single-ended (SE) performance and interface to all devices on that SCSI bus at the lower SE bus data rate of the device.

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD and SE external subsystems. A .3 meter converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini-68 pin to 68-pin, (#2118) can be used with older external SE devices or subsystems to allow connection to the VHDCI connector on the PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter.

The two external ports provide connectivity to numerous other SCSI external subsystems. Check the external subsystem sales/Web pages for verification of connectivity support with this adapter.

The PCI-X Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI Adapter (#5736) is a native boot adapter with AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.2 with the 5200-07 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY67914) or AIX 5L for POWER Version 5.3 with the 5300-03 Recommended Maintenance package (APAR IY71011) or later software in a supported pSeries or RS/6000 systems. The adapter also supports target mode.

Limitations:

  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI nonRAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.
  • To obtain microcode update go to the following Web page URL:
    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/
  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal SCSI devices (on systems that support an internal SCSI device or backplane attachment with this adapter) and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One available 3.3 volt PCI or PCI-X slot or PCI-X 2.0 DDR slot.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE LINUX Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS for POWER Version 4, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
    http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
    hardware/factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Maximum of 4 adapters per p5-575 and 20 per I/O drawer.
(#5737) PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

The PCI-X DDR Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID LVD only Adapter (#5737) is a 64-bit 3.3 volt, bootable high performance Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter providing RAID 0, 5, 6, or 10 capability, and can address up to thirty 16-bit SCSI physical disk drives on two independent SCSI buses.

To increase the data writing performance, a 90 MByte non-volatile fast-write cache is a resident part of this adapter. The 90 MByte fast-write cache can provide a significant improvement in data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SCSI RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters.

The Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has two independent ultra320 SCSI buses. There are two internal ports and two external ports. The two internal ports are shared with the two external ports. The SCSI busses can drive either an internal port or an external port. The internal ports can be used to provide an internal RAID solution on certain supporting pSeries systems with internal multiple disk drives or packs of drives. Internally attached Ultra320 devices designed to run at 320 MB can run up to 320 MB per second on systems that have internal backplanes that are capable of supporting Ultra320 speeds.

In order to achieve an Ultra320 SCSI bus data rate of up to 320 MB per second and maintain a reasonable drive distance, the adapter utilizes Low Voltage Differential (LVD) drivers and receivers. All attaching devices should be Ultra320 LVD devices to utilize the 320 MB per second performance, however, if Ultra2, Ultra3, or Ultra320 devices coexist on the same bus, each device will operate at its rated speed. This card does not support single-ended (SE) devices.

When an array configuration is selected with the RAID Manager, the disk drives being designated as part of the array (attached to either the internal or the external ports) are required to be formatted to 522-byte sectors. 522-byte sectors provide additional CRC error checking for improved data integrity. A menu option provide in the AIX supporting software, which will reformat these disk drives prior to their usage in an array. Conversely, when a disk drive is removed from an array, a similar menu option is also provided to re-format them back to 512-byte sectors.
Note: Some disk drives require that their microcode be updated to the latest level before being formatted to 522 Byte Sectors. In addition, there are some disk drives, which do not support 522 Byte Sectors format. The PCI-X SCSI Disk Array Manager will inform the user of these known situations when they exist. For disk microcode updates, go to the following Web page URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload/

Two VHDCI 68-pin connectors are mounted on the adapter's end bracket allowing attachment of various LVD external subsystems.

Limitations:

  • Even though the Dual Channel Ultra320 SCSI RAID Adapter has ports that run at ultra320 SCSI speeds (up to 320 MBytes/s), the internally attached disk drives will run at a maximum SCSI bus data rate specified by that supporting system disk backplane.

Minimum System Firmware Required:

System firmware level required is SF235_185 or greater. Firmware level SF235_185 adjusts the PCI slots to run in Single Data Rate (SDR) mode. Enablement of Double Data Rate (DDR)slots to run at DDR mode is planned to be provided in an upcoming firmware enhancement.

For Double Data Rate (DDR), check for firmware upgrade at URL:

http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2 /download.html

Running the adapter on a system with firmware level lower than SF235_185 is not supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of internal and external SCSI devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI or PCI-X DDR bus slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
    http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
    factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5740) 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base-TX PCI-X Adapter

(No Longer Available as of November 27, 2009)

The 4-Port 10/100/1000 Base -TX PCI-X adapter is a full height PCI-X 1.0a Ethernet adapter which supports four Gigabit ports on a single adapter, delivers increased bandwidth for slot-constrained servers, and is designed to provide high connectivity and reliability using two integrated, dual-port Gigabit Ethernet controllers.

  • Four RJ-45 ports
  • 3.3 volts, 64-bit 133 MHz with 64-bit Bus Mastering on the PCI-X bus
  • IEEE 802.3ab 1000Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3u 100Base-T compliant
  • IEEE 802.3 10Base-T compliant
  • 802.1q VLAN tagging
  • Interrupt Moderation
  • TCP Segmentation offload and encapsulation in hardware
  • Checksum offloading of IP, TCP, and UDP frame
  • Increased connectivity while significantly reducing CPU utilization
  • Two LED adapter status indicators per port for link activity and speed
  • NIM is supported on all 4 ports
  • RoHS compliant

Limit Full bandwidth performance may not be achieved with more than one adapter per PCI Host Bridge (PHB) or more than one CPU.

  • Attributes provided: Four 10/100/1000 RJ-45 ports
  • Attributes required: One available PCI-X card slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 4 (Initial order maximum: 4)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
    http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
    factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5758) - 4 Gb Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The 4 Gigabit Single-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • Connectivity Maximum: (24)
  • Performance Maximum: (16)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 1.0 / 2.0 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 24 (Initial order maximum: 24)
  • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
           http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
           hardware/factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
           http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
           hardware/factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_185. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from:

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2 /download.html
(#5759) - 4 Gb Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter

(No Longer Available as of July 11, 2014)

The 4 Gigabit Dual-Port Fibre Channel PCI-X 2.0 DDR Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high-speed local and remote located storage. The adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate between adapter and an attaching device at 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate, up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate, and 4 Gbps data rate up to 150 meters are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gbps, 2 Gbps, or 4 Gbps data rates.

The adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

There are two maximum quantities for High Bandwidth adapters, one for performance, and one for connectivity. Adapter performance may be limited by bandwidth constraints in a network. To maximize High Bandwidth adapter performance in the server the performance maximum quantity should not be exceeded. In applications where the end-to-end network cannot sustain high performance and or connectivity is more important than overall bandwidth performance the performance maximum quantity can be exceeded up to the connectivity maximum quantity.

  • Connectivity Maximum: (16)
  • Performance Maximum: (4)

Refer to the following IBM storage subsystem Web page for additional supported server attachment information for IBM devices.

http://www.ibm.com/servers/storage/product/products_p series.html

Consult with your IBM representative or Business Partner for additional information relative to any third party attachment.
Note: Please carefully consider the usage of this card. If placed in a PCI-X slot rated as SDR compatible and/or has the slot speed of 133 MHz, the AIX value of the max_xfer_size must be kept at the default setting of 0x100000 (1 megabyte) when both ports are in use. The architecture of the DMA buffer for these slots does not accommodate larger max_xfer_size settings.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Fibre Channel
  • Attributes required: 1 empty PCI or PCI-X 2.0 slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
           http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
           hardware/factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • OS level required: AIX 5L Version 5.2 with the 5200-08 Technology Level (APAR IY77270) plus APAR IY83649 and IY83172, or later Technology Level. AIX 5L Version 5.3 with the 5300-04 Technology Level (APAR IY77273) plus APAR IY83730 and IY83163, or later Technology Level. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 9 for POWER, or later. Red Hat Enterprise Linux AS 4 for POWER, or later. Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
           http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
           hardware/factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: The minimum system firmware level required is SF235_185. Single Data Rate (SDR) mode is supported.

    System firmware can be downloaded from:

    http://techsupport.services.ibm.com/server/mdownload2 /download.html
(#5793) System Rack

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a 24" wide, 42U powered system rack for the 9118-575. The power subsystem resides in the upper 8U of the rack, and also provides the ethernet hub function within the rack.

  • Attributes provided: System rack
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#5794) I/O Drawer, 20 Slots, 8 Disk Bays

(No Longer Available as of August 28, 2009)

This feature provides a 4U high I/O drawer containing twenty PCI-X slots and eight hot-swap disk bays. This drawer attaches to the central electronics complex via RIO-2 attachment cables.

  • Attributes provided: 20 PCI-X slots, 8 disk bays
  • Attributes required: Available RIO-2 attachment ports
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5951) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5952) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5953) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5954) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5955) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, UK English, #166P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5956) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5957) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194P keyboard. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5958) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Brazilian Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5959) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5960) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5961) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Chinese, #467

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese #467 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5962) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5963) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Canadian French, #058

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5964) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Belgian/French, #120

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/French #120 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5965) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5966) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5967) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5968) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Swiss/French/German, #150

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss, French/German #150 /F/G keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5969) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Norwegian,#155

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5970) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Dutch, #143

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Dutch #143 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5971) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5972) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5973) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5974) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5975) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5976) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Czech #243 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5977) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5978) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5979) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Arabic, #253

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #253 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5980) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5981) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5982) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, Slovenian, #234

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovenian #234 keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion. Color is Business Black.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#5983) Full Width Quiet Touch Keyboard -- USB, US English International, #103P

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2012)

This feature provides a USB attached US English International #103P keyboard with a 3m cable. The two built-in USB ports conveniently provide for additional expansion.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6186) Bulk Power Regulator

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

Bulk power regulators provide increments of power for use by the systems components such as fans, CEC components, and I/O drawers.

  • Attributes provided: Regulated Power
  • Attributes required: Bulk power assembly.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6200) Integrated Battery Backup, Primary or Redundant-Front Mounted

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

The Primary Integrated Battery Backup features provide batteries to be connected to the bulk power regulators of the front bulk power assembly. These batteries protect against power line disturbances as well as power failures involving both redundant power sources or the front power source and the rear bulk power assembly. The batteries provide sufficient backup power to allow an orderly system shutdown. #6200 is also used for the unique application of the redundant front mounted integrated battery backup feature connected to the rear bulk power regulators.

  • Attributes provided: Integrated Battery Backup
  • Attributes required: 2U Rack Space
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: When Primary Integrated Battery Backup feature(s) are ordered, one is required for each Bulk Power Regulator (#6186) in the front bulk power assembly.
(#6201) Integrated Battery Backup, Redundant Rear Mounted

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

The Redundant Integrated Battery Backup features provide batteries to be connected to the bulk power regulators of the rear bulk power assembly. These batteries protect against power line disturbances as well as power failures involving both redundant power sources. They also protect against failure of both power sources at the same time as a failure of the primary battery backup or the front bulk power assembly. The batteries provide sufficient backup power to allow an orderly system shutdown.

  • Attributes provided: Rear Mounted Redundant Integrated Battery Backup
  • Attributes required: Primary Integrated Battery Backup Feature
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 3 (Initial order maximum: 3)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: When Redundant Integrated Battery Backup features are ordered, one is required for each Bulk Power Regulator (#6186) in the rear bulk power assembly.
(#6203) PCI Dual Channel Ultra3 SCSI Adapter

The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a 2/3 length PCI adapter which combines hardware and software to provide a wide variety of security services. The PCI Cryptographic Coprocessor (FIPS-4) is a second generation adapter of the Cryptographic Coprocessor family that provides high performance secure hardware engines for secure internet transactions such as transmitting data, verifying electronic signatures, bulk data encryption and decryption. In addition, the card is enclosed in a tamper proof enclosure to restrict access to on card resources, designed to FIPS 140-1 Level 4 standards.

Security functions supported by the adapter include:

  1. DES (Data Encryption Standard) (40 and 56 bit key) encryption and decryption, with pre- and post-padding; the coprocessor uses both ECB (electronic and codebook) and CBC (cipher block chain) modes of encryption.
  2. MAC (Message Authentication) generation and MAC verification services
  3. Triple DES (three key) encryption and decryption of eight-byte units
  4. Secure RSA key-pair generation
  5. RSA signature generation and signature verification at 18 signatures/sec at 2048 bits
  6. Hardware random number generation
  7. Secure data storage and retrieval
  8. Other non-cryptographic security utilities can be carried out using the onboard processor
  • Attributes provided: Data encryption via PCI bus to host
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 10 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#6204) PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter

(No Longer Available as of December 30, 2005)

The PCI Universal Differential Ultra SCSI Adapter is the latest technology advancement of an RS/6000 SCSI-2 differential adapter with a maximum data transfer rates of 40 MBytes per second. This adapter has the capability to be plugged into the newer +3.3 volt PCI slots as well as the older +5 volt PCI slots. Feature code # 6204 allows connection to external differential SCSI-2 F/W or Ultra SCSI type devices up to 25 meters away. Feature code # 6204 will negotiate with each external device and transfer data at the fastest SCSI data transfer rate capable by the external device. Check system sales pages as to which external differential subsystems are supported.

The adapter conforms to SCSI-2 standard and the Fast-20 (Ultra) documentation. Industry-standard 68 pin connectors are incorporated (SCSI "P" connector definition of X3T9.2/90-048).

  • Attributes provided: 15 external SCSI-2 addresses
  • Attributes required: 1 PCI slot.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 11 (Initial order maximum: 11)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6228) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI adapter with LC type external fiber connectors that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1Gps or 2Gps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1Gps or 2Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel Adapter for 64-bit PCI Bus can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC Fibre Channel Conversion Cable (#2456) is required.

  • Attributes provided: 1 FC/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer
(#6230) - Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230) is a 4 port (2 loop) Serial Storage Architecture (SSA) adapter providing an instantaneous data transfer rate of up to 160 MByte/s per loop. It also provides eight-initiator, non-RAID capability, two-initiator RAID 1, two-initiator RAID 0 + 1, two-initiator RAID 5, or one-initiator RAID 0 capability. The adapter accepts a 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) that improves write performance in RAID 0+1, RAID 5, and non-RAID applications. When the 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card is used, the adapter can be configured in either single or dual initiator fast-write cache mode. In dual initiator fast-write cache mode, if one of the two adapters fail, the failing adapter is designed to transfer control over to the other. Also, in dual initiator Fast Write Cache mode, the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is available and required to utilize the full 32 MBytes of fast-write cache on the adapters. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card is not used in dual initiator fast-write cache mode, the effective fast-write cache capacity will be 16 MBytes on each adapter. See the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) for information.

The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter when operated in a RAID 5 configuration will support (2+P) to (15+P) arrays and up to 6 (15+P) arrays. When operated in a RAID 1 or RAID 0+1 configuration, will support up to eight disk drives mirrored. The adapter also supports Hot Spares in RAID 5 and RAID 0+1 mode. The Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter also supports connectivity to external disk enclosures and internal RS/6000 SSA configurations. Optional SSA Fiber-Optic Extender is also supported (Refer to IBM 7133 Sales literature for additional information)

Any supported RS/6000 system can be set up to boot from an Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230), provided a non-RAID SSA disk is included as part of the configuration. Other disks associated with the adapter can be RAID but at least one disk must be a non-RAID SSA disk. The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit. If your system is running with AIX 4.3.3 or later software, native boot capability is supported. For factory system orders with AIX preload requested, an internal SCSI disk drive will be preloaded as the native boot disk even if internal SSA disk drive(s) are present. If your system is running with AIX 4.2.1 or AIX 4.3.2 software, the below procedure applies in order to boot using the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter:

  • The non-RAID SSA disk can be located under the covers of a processor unit or in an external SSA storage unit.
  • A supported AIX version of software (with proper updates) must be loaded to the non-RAID SSA disk using AIX's Network Install Manager (NIM) before booting from the non-RAID disk.
  • The system with a non-RAID SSA disk must have a network connection with another RS/6000 system performing the NIM Master function to perform the install. On RS/6000 SP systems, a similar network install is performed from a control workstation.
  • Once AIX with updates is installed on the non-RAID SSA disk and the system is configured for booting, booting will take place from the boot disk without any support from the control processor or NIM Master and the system does not have to be connected to the network at boot time.

After October 3, 2000, a 3-Way Copy Function will be available. This 3-Way Copy Function allows a user to create a third copy to an existing RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array while mirrored operation continues. 3-Way Copy allows the user, at any time after the copy process has completed, to split the third copy off from the original RAID-1 or RAID 0+1 array to form an independent RAID copy. This third copy or "snapshot" copy could be typically used to perform a backup or to test some new application. The 3-Way Copy Function is available only via a code download and can only be gained by going to the SSA web support pages defined below.

When performing SSA device or subsystem planning, installation, upgrades, or preventive maintenance, refer to the following Web support pages. They provide access to the latest SSA publications and support code for the system, SSA adapters, and SSA subsystems. These sites should also be considered during system hardware and/or operating system upgrades if SSA devices are included in the system.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/

The above link contains links to SSA publications and other SSA Web sites, including the one below.

http://www.storage.ibm.com/hardsoft/products/ssa/rs6k /index.html

The above link contains lists of the latest SSA support code and provides code download capability for the RS/6000 and AIX environments.

LIMITATION: Internal ports on the adapter are not supported. See machine/model specific information to determine if internal SSA disk drives and associated hardware/cables are supported.

  • Attributes provided: Attachment of SSA devices
  • Attributes required: One PCI bus slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: AIX Only
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#6231) - 128 MByte DRAM Option Card

The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is a field only optional feature to the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or a factory or field option for the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). This option is recommended for dual initiator fail-over Fast Write Cache (FWC) configurations. The option increases the existing DRAM on the adapter to 128 MBytes. In this type of dual initiator FWC configuation, the existing DRAM does not have enough capacity to completely contain a copy of each adapter's 32 MByte FWC and also provide additional working space. The 128 MByte DRAM Option Card provides this additional space needed to contain a full copy of each adapters 32 MByte FWC content and allows for full 32 MByte fail-over protection. If the 128 MByte DRAM Option Card (#6231) is not used with dual-initiator FWC configurations, the effective FWC capacity is reduced to 16 MBytes per adapter.

If this feature is ordered as a field upgrade to an existing SerialRAID adapter (#6225 or 6230), a CD-ROM with appropriate software and publications are also provided.

  • Attributes provided: 128 MByte DRAM memory
  • Attributes required: Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230). A 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is also recommended.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: AIX Only
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#6235) 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card

The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card (#6235) is a 32 MByte fast-write optional feature that plugs into the IBM RS/6000 Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter Plus (#6230). It utilizes non-volatile RAM. During the unlikely event of an Advanced SerialRAID Adapter failure, a replacement Advanced SerialRAID Adapter can be installed and the fast-write cache can be removed from the failing adapter and installed in the new adapter insuring data integrity. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card can provide a significant improvement of data throughput and response time during certain sequence write operations compared to SSA RAID adapters without the fast-write cache. The response time and data transfer improvement using the optional card will vary depending upon the data block sizes, the percentage of sequential writes, machine type/model, and application parameters. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) will operate in either non-RAID or RAID 5 mode, in single-initiator configurations. The 32 MByte Fast-Write Cache Option Card plugged into the Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230) will operate in non-RAID, RAID 5, or RAID 0+1 mode, in single-initiator or dual initiator configurations.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: One Advanced SerialRAID Adapter (#6225) or Advanced SerialRAID Plus Adapter (#6230).
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 12 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: AIX Only
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer
(#6239) 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter is a 64-bit address/data, short form factor PCI-X adapter with an LC type external fiber connector that provides single or dual initiator capability over an optical fiber link or loop. With the use of appropriate optical fiber cabling, this adapter provides the capability for a network of high speed local and remote located storage. The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter will auto-negotiate for the highest data rate (either 1 Gbps or 2 Gbps) of which the device or switch is capable. Distances of up to 500 meters running at 1 Gbps data rate and up to 300 meters running at 2 Gbps data rate are supported between the adapter and an attaching device or switch. When used with IBM supported Fibre Channel storage switches supporting long-wave optics, distances of up to 10 kilometers are capable running at either 1 Gps or 2 Gps data rates.

The 2 Gigabit Fibre Channel PCI-X Adapter can be used to attach devices either directly, or by means of Fibre Channel Switches. If attaching a device or switch with a SC type fiber connector(s), use of an LC-SC 50 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2456) or a LC-SC 62.5 Micron Fiber Converter Cable (#2459) is required.

  • Attributes provided: 1 Fibre Channel/FC-AL interface
  • Attributes required: One PCI slot
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 20 (Initial order maximum: 0 )
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Supported
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Supported only in an attached I/O drawer.
(#6240) Cable, Integrated Battery Backup to Bulk Power Regulator, Primary Rack

This cable provides a connection between the integrated battery backup features located in the primary rack and the bulk power regulators located in the front and rear bulk power assemblies. One cable is required for each primary and redundant integrated battery backup feature installed in the primary rack.

  • Attributes provided: Battery Backup Attachment Cable
  • Attributes required: Primary or Redundant Integrated Battery Backup Features.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 6 (Initial order maximum: 6)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6245) - EMC Skirts/Tailgate

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

#6245 is used when the High Performance Switch, 7045-SW4, or the SNI adapter #7910, is installed in the #5793 rack. This feature drives the rack level EMC skirts/tailgate parts.

  • Attributes provided: EMC Skirts/Tailgate
  • Attributes required: 7045-SW4 or #7910 in #5793
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6251) - Slim Line Doors

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

This feature provides front and rear doors for use with the 24 inch racks that have the power sub-system in the rack. This slim line door kit provides a minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired.

  • Attributes provided: Slim line Door Kit
  • Attributes required: 24 inch rack with power sub-system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6252) - Acoustic Doors

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

This feature provides front and rear doors for use with the 24 inch racks that have the power sub-system in the rack. This door kit provides acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: 24 inch rack with power sub-system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6267) Power Distribution Jumper Assembly, High Current

This feature provides a power distribution jumper assembly and cables for high current applications to enable the power output load sharing at the frame level.

  • Attributes provided: Power Distribution Jumper assembly/cables
  • Attributes required: High current frame configuration
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6470) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #4

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #4 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6470 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

   United States, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados, Belize,
   Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Calicos Islands, Canada, Cayman Islands,
   Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador,
   El Salvador, Guam, Guatemala, Guyana, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica,
   Japan, Mexico, Micronesia, Montsderrrrat, Netherlands Antilles,
   Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Phillipines, St. Kitts/Nevis, St. Martin,
   Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Trinidad/Tobago, Venezuela.
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6471) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #70

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #70 (iNMETRO NBR 6147, NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6471 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Brazil.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6472) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #18

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #18 (CEE 7 VII). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6472 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

   Afghanistan, Albania, Algeria, Andorra, Angola, Armenia, Austria,
   Belarus, Belgium, Benin, Bosnia/Herzegovina, Bulgaria, Burkina Faso,
   Burundi, Cambodia, Cameroon, Cape Verde, Central African Republic,
   Chad, Comoros, Conogo, Croatia, Czech Republic, Dahomey, Djibuouti,
   Egypt, Equatorial Guinea, Eritrea, Estonia, Etrhiopia, Finland,
   France, French Polynesia, French Guyana, Gabon, Georgia, Germany,
   Greece, Guadeloupe, Guinea, Guinea-Bissau, Hungary, Iceland,
   Indonesia, Iran, Ivory Coast, Kazakhstan, Krygystan, Laos, Latvia,
   Lebanon, Lintuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Macedonia, Mali, Martinigue,
   Mauritania, Mauritus, Mayotte, Moldova, Monaco, Mongolia, Morocco,
   Mozambique, Netherlands, New Caledonia, Niger, North Korea (C19
   only), Norway, Poland, Portugal, Principe, Reunion, Romania, Russia,
   Rwanda, St. Thomas, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Serbia, Slovenia,
   Somalia, South Korea (C19 only), Spain, Surinam, Sweden, Syria,
   Tahiti, Tajikistan, Togo, Tunesia, Turkey, Turkmenistan, Ukraine,
   Upper Volta, Uzbekistan, Vanuatu, Vietnam, Wallis & Futuna, Zaire,
   Zimbabwe.
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6473) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type 19

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #19 (CEE). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6473 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: ;p.Denmark.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6474) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 13A), Plug Type #23

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #23 (BS 1364A). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6474 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

   Abu Dhabi, Bahrain, Botswana, Brunei, Channel Islands, Cyprus,
   Dominica, Gambia, Grenada, Grenadines, Guyana, Hong Kong, Iraq,
   Ireland, Jordan, Kenya, Kuwait, Liberia, Malawi, Malaysia, Malta,
   Myanmar, Nkigeria, Oman, Qatar, Sierra Leone, Singapore, St. Kitts,
   St. Lucia, Seychelles, Sudan, Tanzania, Trinidad & Tobago, United
   Arab Emirates, United Kingdom, Yemen, Zambia
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6475) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #32

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #32 (SII 32-1971). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6475 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Israel.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6476) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #24

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #24 (SEV 24507). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6476 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Lichtenstein, Switzerland.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6477) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #22

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #22 (SABS 164). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6477 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

   Bangladesh
   LeSotho
   Maceo
   Maldives
   Nambia
   Pakistan
   Samoa
   South Africa
   Sri Lanka
   Swaziland
   Uganda
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6478) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 16A), Plug Type #25

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #25 (CEI 23-16). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6478 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Chile, Italy, Libya.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6479) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6

(No Longer Available as of June 24, 2005)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6479 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

   Australia
   Fiji Islands
   Kiribati
   Nauru
   New Zealand
   Papua New Guinea
   W. Samoa
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6487) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), United States, Plug Type #5

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. The following countries/regions use the #6487 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

United States, Anguilla, Antigua & Barbuda, Aruba, Bahamas, Barbados,
Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Bonnaire, Caicos Is., Canada, Cayman Islands,
Colombia, Costa Rica, Cuba, Curacao, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El
Salvador, Guam, Guatamala, Haiti, Honduras, Jamaica, Japan, Micronesia,
Montserrat, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Peru, Phillipines,
St. Marten NA, Taiwan, Tortola (BVI), Thailand, Venezuela.
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6488) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A or 250V, 10A), Plug Type #2

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6488 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Argentina, Paraguay, Uruguay.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6493) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #62

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #62 (GB 1053). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6493 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

People's Republic of China.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6494) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #69

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #69 (IS 6538). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6494 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

India.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6495) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #73

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #73. Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6495 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

Brazil.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6496) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #66

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #66 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6496 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

North Korea, South Korea.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6651) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (125V, 15A), Plug Type #75

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #75 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6651 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6659) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #76

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #76 (KETI). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6659 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord: Taiwan

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6670) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall (125V, 15A), Plug Type #59 (Denan marking)

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #59 (NEMA 5-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the Denan marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6680) Power Cord (9-foot), To Wall/OEM PDU, (250V, 10A), Plug Type #6, Insulated

This insulated power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #6 (AS 3112-1964 NZS 198). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. The following countries/regions use the #6479 power cord to power the system and/or peripheral features requiring a power cord:

   Australia
   Fiji Islands
   Kiribati
   Nauru
   New Zealand
   Papua New Guinea
   W. Samoa
 
  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No max (Initial order maximum: No max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6687) Power Cord (6-foot), To Wall, (250V, 15A), Plug Type #5 (Denan marking)

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This power cord goes from the system and/or peripheral features to a wall-type outlet. Plug type #5 (NEMA 6-15). Refer to Corporate Bulletin C-B-2-4700-009 for a description of plug types. 6-foot length. This power cord meets the Denan marking requirement in Japan.

  • Attributes provided: Power cord
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6850) Weight Reduction Option

This feature allows the System Rack to utilize elevators that have a 2500 pound weight limitation. This feature can also be ordered for any shipping application where the weight needs to be reduced on the rack to below 2500 pounds.

  • Attributes provided: Shipping weight reduction
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: The rack content in the eighth, seventh and sixth drawers are removed at the factory and shipped separately for installation at the customer location.
(#6851) Slim Line Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides OEM front and rear doors for use with the primary system rack or the #5792 Powered Expansion Rack. This slimline door kit provides a minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired.

  • Attributes provided: OEM Slimline Door Kit
  • Attributes required: System rack or #5792 expansion rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6852) Acoustic Doors OEM, System and #5792 Racks

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides OEM front and rear doors for use with the primary system rack or the #5792 Powered Expansion Rack. This door kit provides acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired.

  • Attributes provided: OEM Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: System rack or #5792 expansion rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6855) Weight Distribution Plate

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This feature delivers the weight distribution plate for rack.

  • Attributes provided: Weight Distribution Plate
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: This feature delivers the weight distribution plate for the #5793 rack. It is to be assigned by the configurator for the following conditions: If there is no internal battery feature present (#6200), then assign #6855 when there is rack content in the sixth rack drawer (the sixth drawer has UPIC #3805). If there is internal battery feature present (#6200), then assign #6855 when there is rack content in the fourth rack drawer (the fourth rack drawer has UPIC #3803). This feature #6855 may also be ordered below these drawer assignments at initial rack install to avoid installation in the future when content is added to the rack.
(#6856) - Doors with Rear Htx - OEM

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an OEM front door and a rear door with heat exchanger for use with the 24 inch racks that have the power subsystem in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: OEM Door Kit with Rear Door Heat Exchanger
  • Attributes required: 24 inch rack with power sub-system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6857) - Doors with Rear Heat Exch

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2013)

This feature provides a slim line front door (with blue accent stripe) and a rear door with heat exchanger for use with the 24 inch racks that have the power subsystem in the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Slim line Door Kit with Rear Door Heat Exchanger
  • Attributes required: 24 inch rack with power sub-system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6861) - Slim Line Doors

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This feature provides front (with blue accent stripe) and rear doors for use with the 24 inch racks that have the power sub-system in the rack. This slim line door kit provides a minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired.

  • Attributes provided: Slim line Door Kit
  • Attributes required: 24 inch rack with power sub-system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#6862) - Acoustic Doors

(No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

This feature provides front (with blue accent stripe) and rear doors for use with the 24 inch racks that have the power sub-system in the rack. This door kit provides acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: 24 inch rack with power sub-system
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7209) I/O Assembly without PCI-X or RIO-2 capability

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

This feature provides an I/O Assembly without PCI-X or RIO-2 capability. It includes the I/O Planar, four 10/100/1000 ethernet ports, two Disk bays and two 10/100 BaseT ethernet ports (for HMC connectivity). This I/O assembly would be selected for a CPU intensive node.

  • Attributes provided: I/O Assembly without PCI-X or RIO-2 capability.
  • Attributes required: 9118-575 Model
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Each 9118-575 server must select either a #7209 or a #7210 I/O assembly.
(#7210) I/O Assembly with PCI-X and RIO-2 capability

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an I/O Assembly with PCI-X and RIO-2 capability. It includes the I/O Planar, four 10/100/1000 ethernet ports, two Disk bays, four PCI-X slots, RIO-2 Connections for I/O drawer attachment, and two 10/100 BaseT ethernet ports (for HMC connectivity). This I/O assembly would be selected for an I/O intensive node.

  • Attributes provided: I/O Assembly with PCI-X and RIO-2 capability.
  • Attributes required: 9118-575 Model
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Each 9118-575 server must select either a #7209 or a #7210 I/O assembly.
(#7657) - 16 Way 1.5GHz POWER5 CPU

(No Longer Available as of November 17, 2006)

This feature provides a 16-Way 1.5GHz POWER5 Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache, and System Planar. The System Planar incorporates up to 64 memory DIMM slots.

  • Attributes provided: 16-Way 1.5GHz POWER5 Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache System Planar.
  • Attributes required: 9118-575 Model
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
    http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/
    hardware/factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES:
(#7675) - 8 Way 2.2GHz POWER5+ CPU

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides an 8-Way 2.2GHz POWER5+ Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache, and System Planar. The System Planar incorporates up to 64 memory DIMM slots.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way 2.2GHz POWER5+ Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache System Planar.
  • Attributes required: 9118-575 Model
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux: http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#7676) - 16 Way 1.9GHz POWER5+ CPU

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a 16-Way 1.9GHz POWER5+ Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache, and System Planar. The System Planar incorporates up to 64 memory DIMM slots.

  • Attributes provided: 16-Way 1.9GHz POWER5+ Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache System Planar.
  • Attributes required: 9118-575 Model
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux: http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/factsfeatures.html
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#7801) Ethernet Cable, 6M, Hardware Management Console to System Unit

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides a six meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 6M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7802) Ethernet Cable, 15M, Hardware Management Console to

(No longer available as of March 5, 2021) System Unit

This feature provides a fifteen meter long Ethernet cable for attachment of a Hardware Management Console to the system unit.

  • Attributes provided: 15M Ethernet Cable
  • Attributes required: Ethernet port on Hardware Management Console
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7803) Bulk Power Controller Assembly

(No Longer Available as of October 29, 2010)

This power controller provides the base power connections for the internal power cables.

  • Attributes provided: Base power connections for internal power cables.
  • Attributes required:
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
    Note: Two #7803 Power Controllers provides power connections to support up to the first three rack drawers in the #5793 rack. The #5793 rack is ordered on the first node within the rack configuration. Two #7803 Power Controllers are required for the #5793 rack.
(#7836) 8-Way 1.9GHz POWER5 Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache and System Planar

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This feature provides an 8-Way 1.9GHz POWER5 Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache, and System Planar. The System Planar incorporates up to 64 memory DIMM slots.

  • Attributes provided: 8-Way 1.9GHz POWER5 Processor, 288 MB L3 Cache System Planar.
  • Attributes required: 9118-575 Model
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: AIX 5.2 or AIX 5.3, or later. Linux - Refer to the following URL for systems and features that operate with Linux:
    http://www.ibm.com/servers/eserver/pseries/hardware/
    factsfeatures.html
     
    
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#7837) Bulk Power Distribution Assembly

(No Longer Available as of August 31, 2017)

This Power distribution assembly provides connector locations for cable attachment of I/O drawers and CEC DC power converters.

  • Attributes provided: 10 power connectors
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7843) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 03U(or 01U Rt)

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 03 (or in the right side of EIA 01, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 03 or right side of EIA 01
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7844) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 01U(or 01U Lft)

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 01 (or in the left side of EIA 01, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 01
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7845) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 07U(or 05U Rt)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 07 (or in the right side of EIA 05, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 07 or right side of EIA 05
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7846) Pwr.Cbl.Grp, 05U (or 05U Lft)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a rack component in EIA 05 (or in the left side of EIA 05, as viewed from the front of the rack) of the primary system rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Power Cables
  • Attributes required: Component in EIA 05
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7853) - Power Cables, 4x, 01U

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a 4 EIA drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 1U location of the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Drawer Power Cables
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7854) - Power Cables, 4x, 05U

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a 4 EIA drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 5U location of the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Drawer Power Cables
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7856) - Power Cables, 4x, 13U

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a 4 EIA drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 13U location of the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant I/O Drawer Power Cables
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7857) - Power Cables, 4x, 19U

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a 4 EIA drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 19U location of the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant I/O Drawer Power Cables
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7858) - Power Cables, 4x, 23U

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a 4 EIA drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 23U location of the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Drawer Power Cables
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7859) - Power Cables, 4x, 27U

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a 4 EIA drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 27U location of the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Drawer Power Cables
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7860) - Power Cables, 4x, 31U

(No Longer Available as of July 29, 2011)

This feature provides redundant power cabling for a 4 EIA drawer with the bottom of the drawer positioned at the 31U location of the rack.

  • Attributes provided: Redundant Drawer Power Cables
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7892) - 2GB (4x512MB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 2048MB of DDR2 system memory with 4 512MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 2048MB of DDR2 system memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DDR2 memory DIMM positions
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7893) - 4GB (4x1GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

Provides 4096MB of DDR2 system memory with 4 1024MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 4096MB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7894) - 8GB (4x2GB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533 MHz DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

Provides 8192MB of DDR2 system memory with 4 2048MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 8192MB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7896) - 16384MB (4x4096MB) DIMMs, 276-pin, 533MHz DDR2 SDRAM

(No Longer Available as of December 12, 2008)

Provides 16384MB of DDR2 system memory with 4 4096MB DIMMs.

  • Attributes provided: 16384MB of system memory
  • Attributes required: Four empty memory DIMM positions
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7910) - 2 Link Switch Network Interface (p5-575)

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

The 2 Link Switch Network Interface (SNI) for the p5-575 provides the attachment to the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS). The 2 Link SNI plugs into the GX bus of the p5-575. Connection to the HPS is accomplished by using the copper switch cable features. Within the rack, the location of the 2 Link SNI will alternate between the left side and the right side of the p5-575 for cable management. #7910 occupies the space of one PCI-X adapter within the server, reducing the available PCI-X slots by one.

  • Attributes provided: 2 Link SNI to attach to the HPS (7045-SW4)
  • Attributes required: Available GX position in the p5-575
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7920) Ethernet Cables, Node to Hubs, EIA01 through EIA17

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides the ethernet cables for the node to connect to the rack's ethernet network for communication to the HMC, for nodes in rack locations EIA01 through EIA17.

  • Attributes provided: Node Ethernet Cables to Ethernet Hubs
  • Attributes required: p5-575 node in EIA position 01 through 17
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7921) Ethernet Cables, Node to Hubs, EIA19 through EIA35

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

This feature provides the ethernet cables for the Node to connect to the rack's ethernet network for communication to the HMC, for nodes in rack locations EIA19 through EIA35.

  • Attributes provided: Node Ethernet Cables to Ethernet Hubs
  • Attributes required: p5-575 node in EIA position 19 through 35
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7922) - Switch Cable (SNI), 0.5 meter, copper

(No Longer Available as of January 4, 2010)

The Switch Cable, 0.5 meter, copper, is used within the pSeries High Performance Switch (HPS) network to enable copper connections between the switch network interface (SNI) features in the nodes to the switch port connection card within the HPS for nodes below EIA location 17. It is also used for NSB to ISB switch connections when the NSBs and ISBs are in the same multi-switch rack.

  • Attributes provided: Switch Cable, 0.5 meter, copper
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7924) RIO-2(Remote I/O-2)Cbl, 0.6M

(No Longer Available as of May 27, 2011)

This 0.6M Remote I/O cable is utilized to connect between the left and right sections of an I/O drawer.

  • Attributes provided: RIO-2 Connection
  • Attributes required: I/O drawer
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7937) Bolt-Down Kit, Low-Raised Floor

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This feature provides rack ruggedizing and bolt down hardware for securing rack to a concrete floor beneath a 9" to 13" (228mm to 330mm) raised floor. Installation of this feature will help to secure and protect the rack and it's contents from damage when exposed to vibrations and shocks such as those in a seismic event.

  • Attributes provided: Rack bolt down kit
  • Attributes required: System or expansion rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7938) Bolt-Down Kit, High-Raised Floor

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This feature provides rack ruggedizing and bolt down hardware for securing rack to a concrete floor beneath a 12" to 22" (305mm to 559mm) raised floor. Installation of this feature will help to secure and protect the rack and it's contents from damage when exposed to vibrations and shocks such as those in a seismic event.

  • Attributes provided: Rack bolt down kit
  • Attributes required: System or expansion rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7939) Bolt-Down Kit, Non-Raised Floor

(No Longer Available as of January 7, 2011)

This feature provides rack ruggedizing and bolt down hardware for securing rack to a concrete floor. Installation of this feature will help to secure and protect the rack and it's contents from damage when exposed to vibrations and shocks such as those in a seismic event.

  • Attributes provided: Rack bolt down kit
  • Attributes required: System or expansion rack
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7944) Advanced POWER Virtualization

This feature allows the customer to create partitions that are in units of less than 1 CPU (sub-CPU LPARs) and allows the same system I/O to be virtually allocated to these partitions. The processors on the system can be partitioned into as many as 10 LPARs per processor. Partition Load Manager is included to provide cross-partition workload management across the LPARs. An encrypted key is supplied to the customer and installed on the system, authorizing the partitioning at the sub-processor level.

  • Attributes provided: System virtualization
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 16 (Initial order maximum: 16)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: If #7944 is ordered on a Model 575, the quantity must be equal to the number of activated processors.
(#7945) Slim Line Door Kit, System Rack

(No Longer Available as of May 12, 2005)

This feature provides front and rear doors for use with the system rack #5793. This slimline door kit provides a minimized footprint for use where conservation of space is desired.

  • Attributes provided: Slimline Door Kit
  • Attributes required: System rack #5793
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7947) Acoustic Door Kit, System Rack

(No Longer Available as of May 12, 2005)

This feature provides front and rear doors for use with the system rack #5793. This door kit provides acoustic dampening for use where a quieter environment is desired.

  • Attributes provided: Acoustic Door Kit
  • Attributes required: System rack #5793
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#7960) Compact Handling Option

This feature allows the System or expansion rack to pass through doors at the customer location which are less than the 2.02M (79.5") normally required. With this feature the top 8U section of the rack (including the power subsystem) is removed at the factory and shipped separately for installation at the customer location. The height of the rack with the upper section removed is approximately 1.65M (65").

  • Attributes provided: Reduced height for shipping.
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#7964) Shipping Depth Reduction

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature allows the #5793 System Rack to utilize elevators that have a 51 inch depth limitation. The rear frame extension components are removed at the factory and shipped separately for installation at the customer location.

  • Attributes provided: Shipping depth reduction
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both initial order and MES
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#8131) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 4.5 Meter

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable provides attachment between the 128-port Asynchronous Controller and the first RAN in a daisy chain, or attachment between RANs in the daisy chain.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8132) 128-Port Asynchronous Controller Cable, 23cm (9-Inch)

(No Longer Available as of June 23, 2006)

This cable may be substituted for the 4.5 meter (15 foot) async controller cable whenever a customer configuration requires stacked Remote Async Nodes.

  • Attributes provided: Links 128-port Async Controller to RAN or RAN-to-RAN
  • Attributes required: (1) 128-port Async Controller or RAN-to-RAN connection in a daisy chain.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8133) RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable

(No Longer Available as of November 26, 2010)

This cable can be used to attach EIA-232 devices to the 16 port EIA 232 Remote Async Node (FC 8130 or FC 8134) for the 128-Port Async subsystem. This cable provides a 25-pin D shell connector for device attachment. Four cables are provided per each order.

  • Attributes provided: 4 DB-25 EIA-232 ports
  • Attributes required: 4 RJ-45 ports from a RAN (8130, 8134, 8136)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8136) Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

The Rack Mountable Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232 (RAN) is a modified version of the existing 16-port Remote Async Node (feature #8130 or 8134) in an industry-standard 19-inch rack mount chassis to allow simpler installation and ease-of-use. Like the existing RAN, it can also be configured as a desktop device.

As an additional benefit, the metal chassis meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host to meet the needs of customers with these requirements.

The RANs provide 16 ports of EIA-232 capability with full modem controls on each port and are connected to the 128-port Async Controller (Micro Channel or ISA versions) residing in the host. RANs are connected in daisy-chain fashion up to 8 RANs per 128-port Async Controller (either version).

The rack-mountable RAN offers these enhanced features:

  • Industry-standard 19-inch rack mountable chassis (can be configured for stacking on a desktop or mounted in a 19-inch rack).
  • Meets FCC Class B/CISPR B when used with similarly rated RS/6000 host.
  • All RJ-45 connectors are now on the front panel, greatly enhancing cable management.
  • The DB-15 synchronous connectors (cabling from host to RAN and between RANs) and the power cord and switch are located on the rear panel.
  • Power supply is self contained within the unit.

The rack-mountable RAN offers these same features as the existing RAN product:

  • Identical function and support as existing 16-port Remote Async Node (RAN), feature #8130 or 8134.
  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel or ISA host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of 62 meters (200 feet).
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer-supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters from the host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 RJ-45 EIA-232 ports AND 1 RAN-to-RAN connection
  • Attributes required: 1 RAN-to-128-port Controller connection OR 1 RAN-to-RAN connection
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8137) Enhanced Remote Asynchronous Node 16-Port EIA-232

(No Longer Available as of March 31, 2006)

Provides remote connection of up to 16 EIA-232 devices to a 128-Port Asynchronous Controller.

Each port can be individually programmed to provide a asynchronous connection of 230 Kbaud, but a limited number of ports in a maximum configuration (128 ports) can be supported at this baud rate.

  • Operation of 16 to 128 ports by supporting up to 8 RANs (4 per synchronous line) with either a Micro Channel, ISA or PCI host adapter.
  • Ability to monitor individual port operation, synchronous line station, and other diagnostics from front panel.
  • Built-in diagnostics can test ports independent of RS/6000 host.
  • Full modem control supports the following interface signals: TxD, RxD, RTS, CTS, DSR, DCD, DTR, RI.
  • The same RJ-45 to DB-25 Converter Cable (feature #8133 -- quantity four per order) currently used on the existing RANs can be used to attach devices having a DB-25 connector to the Remote Async Nodes.
  • Individual ports support a maximum EIA-232 distance of up to 31 meters (100 feet), depending on the baud rate.
  • Use of the same cabling from host to RAN and RAN to RAN: feature #8131 (4.5 meter), feature #8132 (23 cm) or customer supplied cables.
  • Location of RAN up to 330 meters (sync data rate set at 1.2 Mbps) from host using standard shielded 8-wire twisted pair cabling.
  • Remote operation via synchronous modems or CSU/DSU extends the distance and allows location of RANs at geographically distant location from the host.
  • Attributes provided: 16 EIA-232 Async ports
  • Attributes required: One 128-port adapter per eight (#8137s)
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: No Max (Initial order maximum: No Max)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8453) - Base Customer Spec Plcmnt

This feature:

  1. Requests that IBM deliver the system to the Client according to the slot in drawer hardware placement defined within the LPAR Verification Tool (LVT).
  2. Eliminates the need to have these parts relocated in the customers environment as would happen if the order is placed without this feature code.
  3. Client placement specifications are collected using the LPAR Verification Tool (LVT) and processed through the marketing configurator or built directly in the marketing configurator. (Use of the LVT is not required).
  4. Requires account team to submit the output of the marketing configurator into IBM manufacturing via the CSP Web site:
    www.ibm.com/eserver/power/csp
  5. Requires account team to assure that the marketing configurator output submitted reflects the actual order placed.
  • Attributes provided: I/O component placement
  • Attributes required: Marketing Configurator output submitted to the CSP Web site.
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#8677) Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, No Plug

(No Longer Available as of February 9, 2010)

This feature provides a 14 ft 8AWG line cord with no plug. It may be utilized 200-415V circuits at loadings up to 40A.

  • Attributes provided: 14 ft Line Cord with No Plug
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8686) Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, IEC309 100A Plug

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This feature provides a 14 ft, 6AWG line cord equipped with an IEC309 100A plug. It provides connection to an 80A, 240VAC circuit.

  • Attributes provided: 14 ft line cord with IEC309 100A plug
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Refer to the Rack and Power table for configuration application requirements of this line cord. Site Planning for future growth should also be considered to avoid the upgrade of the #8688 (Line Cord with 60 A plug) to the #8686 (Line Cord with 100 A plug.)
(#8687) Line Cord, 6AWG, 6ft, IEC309 100A Plug

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a 6 ft, 6AWG line cord equipped with an IEC309 100A plug. It provides connection to an 80A, 240VAC circuit.

  • Attributes provided: 6 ft line cord with IEC309 100A plug
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8688) Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 14ft, IEC309 60A Plug

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This feature provides a 14 ft, 6AWG/Type W line cord equipped with a 60A IEC309 plug. It provides connection to a 60A, 240VAC circuit.

  • Attributes provided: 14 ft line cord with 60A IEC309 plug
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
    Note: Refer to the Rack and Power table for configuration application requirements of this line cord. Site Planning for future growth should also be considered to avoid the upgrade of the #8688 (Line Cord with 60 A plug) to the #8686 (Line Cord with 100
(#8689) Line Cord, 6AWG/Type W, 6ft, IEC309 60A Plug

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a 6 ft, 6AWG/Type W line cord equipped with a 60A IEC 309 plug. It may be utilized for 60A, 240VAC circuits.

  • Attributes provided: 6 ft Line Cord with 60A IEC309 Plug
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8694) Line Cord, 6AWG, 14ft, No Plug

(No Longer Available as of February 9, 2010)

This feature provides a 14 ft 6AWG line cord with no plug. It may be utilized for 200-415V circuits at loadings up to 63A (Not supported in US/Canada due to national elctrical codes).

  • Attributes provided: 14 ft Line Cord with No Plug
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8697) Line Cord, 8AWG, 14ft, IEC309 30A Plug

(No longer available as of April 19, 2019)

This feature provides a 14 ft, 8AWG line cord equipped with an IEC309 30A plug. It provides connection to an 30A, 480VAC circuit.

  • Attributes provided: 14 ft line cord with IEC309 30A plug
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8698) Line Cord, 8AWG, 6ft, IEC309 30A Plug

(No longer available as of August 29, 2008)

This feature provides a 6 ft, 8AWG line cord equipped with an IEC309 30A plug. It provides connection to an 30A, 480VAC circuit.

  • Attributes provided: 6 ft line cord with IEC309 30A plug
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 2 (Initial order maximum: 2)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8800) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English, #103P

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8801) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French, #189

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached French #189 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8802) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Italian, #142

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Italian #142 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8803) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, German/Austrian, #129

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached German/Austrian #129 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8804) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, UK English, #166

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached UK English #166 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8805) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Spanish, #172

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Spanish #172 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8806) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Japanese, #194

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Japanese #194 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8807) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Brazilian/Portuguese, #275

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Brazilian Portuguese #275 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8808) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Canadian French, #058

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Canadian French #058 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8810) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Belgian/Dutch, #120

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Belgian/Dutch #120 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8811) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swedish/Finnish, #153

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swedish/Finnish #153 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8812) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Danish, #159

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Danish #159 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8813) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Bulgarian, #442

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Bulgarian #442 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8814) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Swiss/French/German, #150F/G

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Swiss/French/German #150F/G keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8816) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Norwegian, #155

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Norwegian #155 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8817) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Dutch, #143

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

  • Attributes provided:
  • Attributes required:
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8818) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Portuguese, #163

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Portuguese #163 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8819) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Greek, #319

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Greek #319 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8820) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hebrew, #212

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hebrew #212 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8821) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Hungarian, #208

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Hungarian #208 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8823) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Polish, #214

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Polish #214 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8825) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Slovakian, #245

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Slovakian #245 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8826) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Czech, #243

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Czeck #243 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8827) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Turkish, #179

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Turkish #179 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8829) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, LA Spanish, #171

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached LA Spanish #171 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8830) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Arabic, #238

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Arabic #238 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8833) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Korean, #413

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Korean #413 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8834) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Chinese/US, #467

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Chinese/US #467 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8835) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, French Canadian, #445

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached French Canadian #445 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8836) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Thai, #191

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Thai #191 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8838) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Russian, #443

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Russian #443 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8839) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, Yugoslavian/Latin, #105

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached Yugoslavian/Latin #105 keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8840) Quiet Touch Keyboard - USB, Business Black, US English (EMEA), #103P

(No Longer Available as of January 26, 2007)

This feature provides a USB attached US English #103P (EMEA) keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: Keyboard
  • Attributes required: USB Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8841) Mouse - Business Black with Keyboard Attachment Cable

(No Longer Available as of December 31, 2009)

This feature provides a three button mouse and a cable for attachment to a keyboard.

  • Attributes provided: 3-Button mouse
  • Attributes required: Keyboard with mouse Attachment Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#8845) - USB Mouse

(No Longer Available as of October 31, 2017)

The optical LED USB Mouse has 2 buttons and a scroll wheel that acts as a third button. Mouse cable is 1.8 meters long. OS does not support scrolling with the wheel. Business black with red scroll wheel.

  • Attributes provided: 2-Button USB Mouse w/scroll wheel that acts as 3rd button.
  • Attributes required: USB attachment Port
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: None
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: MES
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#9004) Southern Hemisphere Designator for Monitors

Specifies that southern hemisphere models are required for all CRT monitors on the initial plant order or on MES orders. Not required with TFT monitors.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: Monitor
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#9300) Language Group Specify - US English

English language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9671) - Manufacturing Process Indicator:

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an indicator to the manufacturing process.

  • Attributes provided: Manufacturing process indicator
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: No
  • Return parts MES: No
(#9672) - Manufacturing Process Indicator:

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an indicator to the manufacturing process.

  • Attributes provided: Manufacturing process indicator
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: No
(#9674) - Manufacturing Indicator

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an indicator to the manufacturing process.

  • Attributes provided: Manufacturing process indicator
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9675) - Manufacturing Indicator

(No Longer Available as of May 28, 2010)

This feature provides an indicator to the manufacturing process.

  • Attributes provided: Manufacturing process indicator
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 8 (Initial order maximum: 8)
  • OS level required: N/A
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Both
  • CSU: Yes
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9700) Language Group Specify - Dutch

Dutch language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9703) Language Group Specify - French

French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9704) Language Group Specify - German

German language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9705) Language Group Specify - Polish

Polish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9707) Language Group Specify - Portuguese

Portuguese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9708) Language Group Specify - Spanish

Spanish language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9711) Language Group Specify - Italian

Italian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9712) Language Group Specify - Canadian French

Canadian French language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9714) Language Group Specify - Japanese

Japanese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9715) Language Group Specify - Traditional Chinese (Taiwan)

Traditional Chinese language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9716) Language Group Specify - Korean

Korean language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9718) Language Group Specify - Turkish

Turkish language group for nomenclature and publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9719) Language Group Specify - Hungarian

Hungarian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9720) Language Group Specify - Slovakian

Slovakian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: none
  • Attributes required: none
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9721) Language Group Specify - Russian

Russian language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9722) Language Group Specify - Simplified Chinese (PRC)

Simplified Chinese language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9724) Language Group Specify - Czech

Czech language group for nomenclature and standard publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9725) Language Group Specify -- Romanian

Romanian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply
(#9727) Language Group Specify -- Slovenian

Slovenian language group for Nomenclature and Standard Publications.

  • Attributes provided: None
  • Attributes required: None
  • Minimum required: 0
  • Maximum allowed: 1 (Initial order maximum: 1)
  • OS level required:
  • Initial Order/MES/Both/Supported: Initial
  • CSU: Does not apply
  • Return parts MES: Does not apply

Feature exchanges

Not available.



Back to topBack to top

Accessories

Top rule

None.

Customer replacement parts

None.



Back to topBack to top

Machine elements

Top rule

None.



Back to topBack to top

Supplies

Top rule

None.

Supplemental media

None.



Back to topBack to top

Trademarks

Top rule

(R), (TM), * Trademark or registered trademark of International Business Machines Corporation.

** Company, product, or service name may be a trademark or service mark of others.

Windows is a trademark of Microsoft Corporation.

Terms of use

IBM products and services which are announced and available in your country can be ordered under the applicable standard agreements, terms, conditions, and prices in effect at the time. IBM reserves the right to modify or withdraw this Sales Manual at any time without notice. This Sales Manual is provided for your information only. Additional terms of use are located at

Terms of use


© IBM Corporation 2020.